Anda di halaman 1dari 167

SURPASS hiT 7300

4.1
Technical Description (TED)
A42022-L5972-B051-02-7618

Technical Description (TED)

The information in this document is subject to change without notice and describes only the
product defined in the introduction of this documentation. This documentation is intended for the
use of Nokia Siemens Networks customers only for the purposes of the agreement under which
the document is submitted, and no part of it may be used, reproduced, modified or transmitted
in any form or means without the prior written permission of Nokia Siemens Networks. The
documentation has been prepared to be used by professional and properly trained personnel,
and the customer assumes full responsibility when using it. Nokia Siemens Networks welcomes
customer comments as part of the process of continuous development and improvement of the
documentation.
The information or statements given in this documentation concerning the suitability, capacity,
or performance of the mentioned hardware or software products are given "as is" and all liability
arising in connection with such hardware or software products shall be defined conclusively and
finally in a separate agreement between Nokia Siemens Networks and the customer. However,
Nokia Siemens Networks has made all reasonable efforts to ensure that the instructions
contained in the document are adequate and free of material errors and omissions. Nokia
Siemens Networks will, if deemed necessary by Nokia Siemens Networks, explain issues which
may not be covered by the document.
Nokia Siemens Networks will correct errors in this documentation as soon as possible. IN NO
EVENT WILL NOKIA SIEMENS NETWORKS BE LIABLE FOR ERRORS IN THIS DOCUMENTATION OR FOR ANY DAMAGES, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO SPECIAL, DIRECT,
INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL OR ANY LOSSES, SUCH AS BUT NOT
LIMITED TO LOSS OF PROFIT, REVENUE, BUSINESS INTERRUPTION, BUSINESS
OPPORTUNITY OR DATA,THAT MAY ARISE FROM THE USE OF THIS DOCUMENT OR
THE INFORMATION IN IT.
This documentation and the product it describes are considered protected by copyrights and
other intellectual property rights according to the applicable laws.
The wave logo is a trademark of Nokia Siemens Networks Oy. Nokia is a registered trademark
of Nokia Corporation. Siemens is a registered trademark of Siemens AG.
Other product names mentioned in this document may be trademarks of their respective
owners, and they are mentioned for identification purposes only.
Copyright Nokia Siemens Networks 2007. All rights reserved.

Important Notice on Product Safety


Elevated voltages are inevitably present at specific points in this electrical equipment.
Some of the parts may also have elevated operating temperatures.
Non-observance of these conditions and the safety instructions can result in personal
injury or in property damage.
Therefore, only trained and qualified personnel may install and maintain the system.
The system complies with the standard EN 60950 / IEC 60950. All equipment connected
has to comply with the applicable safety standards.

The same text in German:


Wichtiger Hinweis zur Produktsicherheit
In elektrischen Anlagen stehen zwangslufig bestimmte Teile der Gerte unter Spannung. Einige Teile knnen auch eine hohe Betriebstemperatur aufweisen.
Eine Nichtbeachtung dieser Situation und der Warnungshinweise kann zu Krperverletzungen und Sachschden fhren.
Deshalb wird vorausgesetzt, dass nur geschultes und qualifiziertes Personal die
Anlagen installiert und wartet.
Das System entspricht den Anforderungen der EN 60950 / IEC 60950. Angeschlossene
Gerte mssen die zutreffenden Sicherheitsbestimmungen erfllen.

A42022-L5972-B051-02-7618
Issue: 2 Issue date: December 2007

Technical Description (TED)

Statements of compliance
FCC statement
This device complies with part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions:
(1) this device may not cause harmful interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference
received, including interference that may cause undesired operation. Shielded cables must be used with
this unit to ensure compliance with the Class A FCC limits.
This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class A digital device, pursuant
to Part 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful
interference when the equipment is operated in a commercial environment. This equipment generates,
uses, and can radiate radio frequency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance with the
instruction manual, may cause harmful interference to radio communications. Operation of this equipment in a residential area is likely to cause harmful interference in which case the user will be required
to correct the interference at his own expense.

CE statement
The CE conformity declaration for the product is fulfilled when the system is built and cabled in line with
the information given in the manual and the documentation specified within it, such as installation
instructions, cable lists or the like. Where necessary project-specific documentation should be taken into
consideration. Deviations from the specifications or independent modifications to the layout, such as
use of cable types with lower screening values for example, can lead to violation of the CE protection
requirements. In such cases the conformity declaration is invalidated. The responsibility for any problems which subsequently arise rests with the party responsible for deviating from the installation specifications.

A42022-L5972-B051-02-7618
Issue: 2 Issue date: December 2007

Technical Description (TED)

A42022-L5972-B051-02-7618
Issue: 2 Issue date: December 2007

Technical Description (TED)

Table of Contents
This document has 167 pages.
1
1.1
1.2
1.3
1.4

Preface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Intended audience . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Structure of this document . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Symbols and conventions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
History of changes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

13
13
13
13
15

2
2.1
2.2
2.3
2.4
2.5
2.6
2.7
2.8

Introduction to SURPASS hiT 7300 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .


General functionality . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Highlights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Applications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Wavelength bands/frequency spacing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CWDM support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
StrataLight OTS-4000 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
MPBC RMH07 series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Compatibility with other systems. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

16
16
16
18
21
23
25
25
25

3
3.1
3.1.1
3.1.2
3.1.3
3.1.4
3.2
3.2.1
3.2.2
3.2.3
3.2.4
3.2.5
3.2.6
3.3
3.4
3.4.1
3.4.2
3.5
3.5.1
3.5.2
3.5.3

System functions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Optical transmission functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Laser safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Super Forward Error Correction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Traffic protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Control and management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
System management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Optical Supervisory Channel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Data Communication Network . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Network Time Protocol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Engineering Order Wire interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
User channels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Telemetry Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Performance management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fault management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Alarms. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Alarm Indication Signal behavior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Loopback behavior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
I04T2G5-1 loopback . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
I01T10G-1 loopback . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
I08T10G-1 loopback . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

27
27
27
28
28
30
32
32
32
33
34
35
36
37
37
37
39
46
46
46
47

4
4.1
4.2
4.2.1
4.2.2
4.2.3
4.2.4
4.3

Network Elements. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Optical Line Repeater . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Optical Network Node . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Optical Network Node - Terminal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Optical Network Node - Interconnect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Optical Network Node - Reconfigurable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Optical Network Node - Small. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Standalone Optical Node . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

48
49
50
55
56
56
57
58

A42022-L5972-B051-02-7618
Issue: 2 Issue date: December 2007

Technical Description (TED)

4.3.1
4.3.2

Passive DWDM applications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60


Long single span applications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61

5
5.1
5.2
5.3
5.4
5.5
5.6
5.7
5.7.1
5.7.2
5.7.3
5.7.4
5.7.5
5.7.6
5.8
5.8.1
5.8.2
5.9
5.10
5.11
5.12
5.12.1
5.12.2
5.12.3
5.13

Supported cards and equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62


Controller cards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
Line Amplifier cards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
Raman Pump card . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
External pump cards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
Channel power monitor card . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
Booster-less line interface card . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
Filter cards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
F04MDN-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
F04MDU-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
F08SB-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
F16SB-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
F40-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
F40MR-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
CWDM equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
Patch-cord solution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
Filter pack solution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
Variable Optical Attenuator cards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
Dispersion Compensation Module cards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
Unidirectional Dispersion Compensation Modules. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
Transponder cards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
I04T2G5-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
I01T10G-1 Regio/LH(S)/LHD(S) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
I08T10G-1 LH(S)/LHD(S)/Regio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
Optical channel protection card . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84

6
6.1
6.1.1
6.1.2
6.1.3
6.2
6.2.1
6.2.2
6.2.3
6.3
6.3.1
6.3.2
6.3.3
6.3.4

Mechanical design . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
Shelves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
Shelf design details . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
Shelf fan unit and air filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
Connector Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
Racks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
Rack arrangements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
Power Distribution Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
TIF distribution panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
Cards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
Blank panels and faceplates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
Card label. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
Card faceplate LEDs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
Controller card faceplate elements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94

7
7.1
7.2
7.3
7.4

System bring-up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
Planning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
Delivery formats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
Commissioning. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100

A42022-L5972-B051-02-7618
Issue: 2 Issue date: December 2007

Technical Description (TED)

8
8.1
8.2
8.3
8.4
8.5
8.5.1
8.5.2
8.6
8.6.1
8.6.2

Network management. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SURPASS hiT 7300 Local Craft Terminal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
@CT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
TNMS CT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
TNMS Core/CDM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Access and security management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Network Element access management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
User security management and access control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Network management interfaces and architecture . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Interfaces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Architecture. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

102
103
103
103
104
105
105
106
106
106
107

9
9.1
9.2
9.2.1
9.2.2
9.2.3
9.3
9.3.1
9.3.2
9.3.3
9.3.4
9.3.5
9.3.6
9.3.7
9.3.8
9.3.9
9.3.10
9.3.11
9.3.12
9.3.13
9.4
9.5
9.5.1
9.5.2
9.5.3
9.6
9.7
9.8
9.9

Technical data. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Physical layers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Interfaces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Line interfaces. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Client interfaces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Management interfaces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cards and equipments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Controller cards. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Line amplifier cards. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Raman Pump card . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
External pump card. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Channel power monitor card. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Booster-less line interface card. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Filter cards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CWDM equipment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Variable Optical Attenuator cards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dispersion Compensation Module cards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
UDCM cards and tray . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Transponder cards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Optical channel protection card . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Supervision and control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power supply and system consumptions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rack and shelf power supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Shelves power consumption . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cards and units power consumption. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Environmental specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Shelves mechanical data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Racks mechanical data. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PC requirements for the LCT software . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

108
108
110
110
115
128
131
131
133
137
137
138
138
139
143
144
144
146
149
153
153
154
154
155
155
156
157
158
158

10

Abbreviations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160
Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165

A42022-L5972-B051-02-7618
Issue: 2 Issue date: December 2007

Technical Description (TED)

List of Figures
Figure 1
Figure 2
Figure 3
Figure 4
Figure 5
Figure 6
Figure 7
Figure 8
Figure 9
Figure 10
Figure 11
Figure 12
Figure 13
Figure 14
Figure 15
Figure 16
Figure 17
Figure 18
Figure 19
Figure 20
Figure 21
Figure 22
Figure 23
Figure 24
Figure 25
Figure 26
Figure 27
Figure 28
Figure 29
Figure 30
Figure 31
Figure 32
Figure 33
Figure 34
Figure 35
Figure 36
Figure 37
Figure 38
Figure 39
Figure 40
Figure 41
Figure 42
Figure 43
Figure 44

SURPASS hiT 7300 in network environment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16


Network topologies using SURPASS hiT 7300 OLR and ONN NEs . . . 20
Network topologies using SURPASS hiT 7300 SON NE . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
CWDM client traffic aggregation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
CWDM connection of a remote SON terminal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
I04T2G5-1 OChP architecture . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
10 Gbit/s OChP architecture . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Optical link communication between NEs example . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
Optical Supervisory Channel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
NTP synchronization example . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
EOW conference call setup (interconnected ring network example) . . . 35
User channels setup example. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
I04T2G5-1 loopback . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
I01TG10-1 loopback . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
I08TG10-1 loopback . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
Optical path sections example . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
OLR structure example . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
Flexible filter structure for EOL=12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
Flexible filter structure for EOL=20 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Flexible filter structure for EOL=32 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
Flexible filter structure for EOL=40 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
Full access filter structure using F40-1 cards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
ONN-T structure example . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
ONN-I structure example . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
ONN-R structure example. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
ONN-S structure example. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
SON flexible filter structure for passive DWDM (EOL=40) . . . . . . . . . . . 59
Passive SON terminal filter structure with F40-1 filter cards (EOL=40) . 60
SON structure example. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
Long single span architecture using SON and RMH07 series equipment .
61
Line amplifier cards basic structure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
PRC-1 basic structure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
MCP404-1 and MCP404-2 functional diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
F04MDN-1 card structure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
F04MDU-1 card structure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
F08SB-1 card structure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
F16SB-1 card structure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
F40-1 card structure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
F40MR-1 card structure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
CWDM add/drop patch-cord . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
CWDM filter pack shelf . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
FC01MDUP-1/n, FC04MDUP-1/E and FC04MDP-1/C functional diagrams
73
UDCM plug-in box and tray. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
SFP module (example) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77

A42022-L5972-B051-02-7618
Issue: 2 Issue date: December 2007

Technical Description (TED)

Figure 45
Figure 46
Figure 47
Figure 48
Figure 49
Figure 50
Figure 51
Figure 52
Figure 53
Figure 54
Figure 55
Figure 56
Figure 57
Figure 58
Figure 59
Figure 60
Figure 61
Figure 62
Figure 63

A42022-L5972-B051-02-7618
Issue: 2 Issue date: December 2007

Mapping schemes of client signals to OTU1 optical channel. . . . . . . . . 79


XFP module (example) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
Mapping schemes of client signals to OTU2V optical channel . . . . . . . 81
Mapping schemes of client signals to OTU2V optical channel . . . . . . . 83
O03CP-1 basic structure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
SURPASS hiT 7300 ANSI and ETSI shelves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
ANSI and ETSI shelf details . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
Connector panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
Rack arrangements; ANSI 7-foot and ETSI 2200 mm racks . . . . . . . . . 90
CTDP-1 faceplate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
Cards design . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
Card label location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
CCEP-1 front panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
SURPASS TransNet network planning example . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
Network management functions according to ITU-T . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
Craft terminals in a transmission network . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
System architecture of TNMS Core/CDM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
Network management interfaces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
TMN systems connection via gateway NE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107

Technical Description (TED)

List of Tables
Table 1
Table 2
Table 3
Table 4
Table 5
Table 6
Table 7
Table 8
Table 9
Table 10
Table 11
Table 12
Table 13
Table 14
Table 15
Table 16
Table 17
Table 18
Table 19
Table 20
Table 21
Table 22
Table 23
Table 24
Table 25
Table 26
Table 27
Table 28
Table 29
Table 30
Table 31
Table 32
Table 33
Table 34
Table 35
Table 36
Table 37
Table 38
Table 39

10

Main chapters overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13


List of conventions used in this document . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Document history . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
SURPASS hiT 7300 available OADM architectures using ONN NEs . . 18
Frequency/wavelength of SURPASS hiT 7300 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
CWDM supported wavelengths . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Combinations of working/protection line ports and client ports on the
I04T2G5-1 card . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
NTP server definition in each NE role . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Default TIF actors functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
AIS implementation with I04T2G5-1 card,
Client In to Line Out direction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
AIS implementation with I04T2G5-1 card,
Line In to Client Out direction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
AIS implementation with I01T10G-1 card,
Client In to Line Out direction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
AIS implementation with I01T10G-1 card,
Line In to Client Out direction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
AIS implementation with I08T10G-1 card,
Client In to Line Out direction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
AIS implementation with I08T10G-1 card,
Line In to Client Out direction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
SURPASS hiT 7300 NEs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
EOL counts overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
Card name scheme explanation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
Controller cards overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
Line amplifier cards overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
Raman pump card overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
External pump cards overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
Channel power monitor card overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
OSC termination card overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
Filter cards overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
CWDM filter modules overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
VOA card overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
DCM cards overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
UDCM cards overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
Transponder cards overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
I04T2G5-1 card GbE SFP client interfaces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
I04T2G5-1 card STM-16 and OC-48 SFP client interfaces . . . . . . . . . . 78
I04T2G5-1 card OTU1 SFP client interfaces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
I04T2G5-1 card FC and FICON SFP client interfaces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
I01T10G-1 card 10GbE XFP client interfaces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
I01T10G-1 STM-64 and OC-192 10 Gbit/s XFP client interfaces . . . . . 81
I01T10G-1 OTU2 10 Gbit/s XFP client interfaces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
I08T10G-1 card GbE SFP client interfaces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
I08T10G-1 card STM-16 and OC-48 SFP client interfaces . . . . . . . . . . 82

A42022-L5972-B051-02-7618
Issue: 2 Issue date: December 2007

Technical Description (TED)

Table 40
Table 41
Table 42
Table 43
Table 44
Table 45
Table 46
Table 47
Table 48
Table 49
Table 50
Table 51
Table 52
Table 53
Table 54
Table 55
Table 56
Table 57
Table 58
Table 59
Table 60
Table 61
Table 62
Table 63
Table 64
Table 65
Table 66
Table 67
Table 68
Table 69
Table 70
Table 71
Table 72
Table 73
Table 74
Table 75
Table 76
Table 77
Table 78
Table 79
Table 80
Table 81
Table 82

A42022-L5972-B051-02-7618
Issue: 2 Issue date: December 2007

I08T10G-1 card OTU1 SFP client interfaces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83


OChP card overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
Shelf types description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
COPA connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
CTDP-1 connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
Standard front LEDs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
Controller card variants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
Controller card interfaces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
Physical layers, general information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
Physical layers, interface at point MPI-SM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
Physical layers, optical path (single span) from point MPI-SM to
point MPI-RM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
Physical layers, interface at point MPI-RM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
DWDM-SFP (2.5G) (standard version) optical line
interface specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
DWDM-SFP with extended dispersion tolerance (2.5G) optical line
interface specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
CWDM-SFP C8S1-0D2 and C8S1-1D2 optical line interface specifications
111
CWDM-SFP C8L1-0D2 and C8L1-1D2 optical line interface specifications
112
MSA300 (10G) Regio optical line interface specifications . . . . . . . . . 112
MSA300 (10G) LH optical line interface specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . 113
MSA300 (10G) MLSE optical line interface specifications . . . . . . . . . 114
GbE SFP optical client interfaces specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
Electrical GbE client interfaces specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
10GbE XFP optical client interfaces specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
STM-16/OC-48 optical client interfaces specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
STM-64/OC-192 optical client interfaces specifications . . . . . . . . . . . 120
OTU1 optical client interfaces specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
OTU2 optical client interfaces specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
FC and FICON optical client interfaces specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
User channels, ILANs, Q and QF interfaces specifications . . . . . . . . 128
EOW handset interface specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
EOW shelf-interconnect interface specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
TIF interface specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
CTDP-1 specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130
CCEP-1 card specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
CCMP-1 card specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132
CCSP-1 card specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132
LALIC-1, LALBC-1 and LALBCH-1 cards specifications . . . . . . . . . . . 133
LALPC-1 card specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134
LAMIC-1 card specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
LAMPC-1 card specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
LASBC-1 card specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
PRC-1 card specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
PL-1 card specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
MCP404-1 and MCP404-2 card specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138

11

Technical Description (TED)

Table 83
Table 84
Table 85
Table 86
Table 87
Table 88
Table 89
Table 90
Table 91
Table 92
Table 93
Table 94
Table 95
Table 96
Table 97
Table 98
Table 99
Table 100
Table 101
Table 102
Table 103
Table 104
Table 105
Table 106
Table 107
Table 108
Table 109

12

LIFB-1 card specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138


F04MDU-1 card specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
F04MDN-1 card specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
F08SB-1 card specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
F16SB-1 card specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
F40-1 card specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142
F40MR-1 card specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142
CWDM equipment specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143
O08VA-1 card specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
D0340SMF, D0680SMF, D1020SMF, D1360SMF, D1700SMF,
D0340LEF, D0510LEF and D0680LEF cards specifications . . . . . . . . 145
D0340DCF, D0510DCF and D0680DCF cards specifications . . . . . . . 145
D1020DCF and D1360DCF cards specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
UDCM cards and tray specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
I04T2G5-1 card specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149
I01T10G-1 Regio/LH card specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150
I08T10G-1 card specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152
O03CP-1 card specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153
OSC specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153
DCN specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154
Rack and shelf power supply specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154
Electrical power consumption of the shelves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155
Electrical power consumption of the cards and units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155
System environmental specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157
Dimensions and weight of the shelves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157
Dimensions and weight of the ANSI rack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158
Dimensions and weight of the standard and hiT 7300 ETSI rack . . . . 158
Minimum PC requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159

A42022-L5972-B051-02-7618
Issue: 2 Issue date: December 2007

Technical Description (TED)

Preface

1 Preface
This chapter describes the audience, structure, conventions and history of changes of
the SURPASS hiT 7300 Technical Description Guide.

1.1

Intended audience
This document is intended for all personnel that require a general introduction and
overview of the SURPASS hiT 7300 system.

1.2

Structure of this document


This document comprises the following main chapters:
Chapter

Title

Subject

Chapter 1

Preface

Provides an introduction to this document.

Chapter 2

Introduction

Gives a general introduction to the


SURPASS hiT 7300 functionality and
typical applications.

Chapter 3

System functions

Describes the most important functions of


the system.

Chapter 4

Network Elements

Describes the available network elements


and their subtypes.

Chapter 5

Supported cards

Lists all available cards and their main


functions within the system.

Chapter 6

Mechanical design

Provides an overview of the mechanical


features of shelves, racks, and cards.

Chapter 7

System bring-up

Provides some basic information about


the systems planning, installation, and
commissioning.

Chapter 8

Network management

Provides an overview of the network


management software, interfaces, and
architecture.

Chapter 9

Technical data

Contains technical data of all the systems


components, i.e., shelves, cards, etc.

Chapter 10 Abbreviations
Table 1

Contains a list with the meaning of all the


abbreviations used within this manual.

Main chapters overview

g Some features described in this documentation may not be available. In order to


identify the features released for your project, please refer to the Release Notes
delivered together with the product.

1.3

Symbols and conventions


The following symbols and conventions are used in this document:

A42022-L5972-B051-02-7618
Issue: 2 Issue date: December 2007

13

Preface

Technical Description (TED)

Conventions used
Representation
Inverted commas

Meaning
Window names and wizard titles are denoted with inverted
commas.
Example: Open the Help and Support Center window. The
New Connection wizard is displayed.

Bold

Field names, buttons, and text on GUIs are denoted by bold


type.
Example: Click Shutdown and then click OK to turn off the
computer.

Italic

Variables and file extensions are denoted by italic text.


Example: Enter 192.168.0.1 in the IP address field. Click OK to
produce a .pdf rendition.
Commands, screen output, file names and paths are
represented by using courier font.

Courier

Example: # ping -t 192.168.0.1


<Angle brackets>

Keyboard actions or place holders for distinct names or values


are represented by enclosing them in <angle brackets>. If a file
name is involved, the courier font will also be used.
Example: The naming convention for the log files is
<NEname>.txt, where <NEName> is the name of the NE
sending the messages. Press <CTRL>+<ALT><DEL> to open
the task manager.

>

Used for menu sequences.


Example: Click File > Print... to print the document.

Table 2

List of conventions used in this document

Symbols used

g Used for notes, tips, or additional information.


!

14

Caution: means that the reader must be careful. Loss of data or equipment damage are
possible if caution is not exercised by the user.

Warning: a warning symbol means danger. A situation exists that could cause bodily
injury or death. Before working on any equipment, the user must be aware of the
hazards involved with electrical circuitry and be familiar with standard practices for preventing accidents.

A42022-L5972-B051-02-7618
Issue: 2 Issue date: December 2007

Technical Description (TED)

1.4

Preface

History of changes
Issue

Issue date

Remarks

September 2007

Initial version.

December 2007

Maintenance release.

Table 3

A42022-L5972-B051-02-7618
Issue: 2 Issue date: December 2007

Document history

15

Introduction to SURPASS hiT 7300

Technical Description (TED)

2 Introduction to SURPASS hiT 7300


This chapter provides a general introduction to the SURPASS hiT 7300 functionalities
and typical applications.

2.1

General functionality
Nokia Siemens Networks SURPASS hiT 7300 is a high performance multi-haul Dense
Wavelength Division Multiplexing (DWDM) transmission system, with a powerful multipurpose transponder platform. SURPASS hiT 7300 has the required capacity in metropolitan, regional and backbone networks to transport all kinds of services with high efficiency.
The high capacity DWDM transmission system of SURPASS hiT 7300 allows up to 40
optical wavelengths to be transported over Ultra Long Haul (ULH) distances via the
same fiber.
The transponder equipment of SURPASS hiT 7300 serves as a multi-service gateway
between the client signals and the DWDM transport network. This combination of
DWDM and transponder equipment provides the building blocks required for optical networking.
Figure 1 provides a general overview of SURPASS hiT 7300 in a network environment.

6853$66KL7QHWZRUN

7106
&RUH&'0

&RUH5RXWHU

RUORZHUELW
UDWHVHUYLFHV

5RXWHULQWHUFRQQHFW

&DUULHUVFDUULHU

,63
%5$6 323

(WKHUQHW,3

1*10RELOH

)L[HGSDUWRIPRELOH

,63SHHULQJ
3%;
79

Figure 1

2.2

(WKHUQHW6$1
7'0

(QWHUSULVH

%%,QWHUQHW
$FFHVVYRLFH79

/RFDOH[FKDQJH

5HVLGHQWLDO

&DUULHUVYRLFHDQGGDWD

SURPASS hiT 7300 in network environment

Highlights
SURPASS hiT 7300 provides:

16

Maximum transmission capacity of 1.6 Tbit/s (40 x 40 Gbit/s) per fiber with 100 GHz
channel spacing.

A42022-L5972-B051-02-7618
Issue: 2 Issue date: December 2007

Technical Description (TED)

Introduction to SURPASS hiT 7300

ULH networking with extended reach (up to 2000 km), achieved with:
High performance optical amplifiers.
Optional Raman amplification.
Optional external laser pumps.
Super Forward Error Correction (S-FEC).
Powerful link control software to manage the channel power levels.

Ultra long spans and hut skipping.

Modularity from 1 to 40 channels in the C-band, with 1-channel increments.

Coarse Wavelength Division Multiplexing (CWDM) support for a low cost implementation of a passive optical multiplexing system.

Full G.709 implementation to enable Optical Transport Hierarchy (OTH) functionality


including end-to-end provisioning and management of wavelengths across multiple
vendor sub-networks.

Interwork with StrataLight OTS-4000 Original Equipment Manufacturer (OEM)


equipment, allowing 40 Gbit/s wavelengths together with 10 Gbit/s wavelengths on
the same fiber.

Interwork with MPB Communications RMH07 series OEM equipment for long single
span applications.

1+1 optical channel protection against signal failures (of the optical channel) or
equipment failures, for 2.5 Gbit/s and 10 Gbit/s traffic.

High compactness.

Sophisticated optical control, including:


Dynamic gain and output power control for adjusting gain and power fluctuations.
End-to-end pre-emphasis for fine tuning of power variations.

European Telecommunications Standards Institute (ETSI) and the American


National Standards Institute (ANSI) rack mounting.

Common shelf type for all Network Elements (NE).

Up to 111 NEs in a single Data Communication Network (DCN) domain.

Flexible and FullAccess Optical Add-Drop Multiplexer (OADM) as well as Remotely


reconfigurable OADM with capability for 100% traffic add/drop.

Standard slot interface for all plug-in cards (except controller card).

Optional booster-less interface for cost-optimized solutions in regional networks.

Dispersion compensation with plug-in cards Fiber Bragg Grating (FBG) and Dispersion Compensation Fiber (DCF) based, as well as optional separate DCF modules.

Fiber type flexibility, e.g.:


Standard Single Mode Fiber (SSMF)
Large Effective Area Fiber (LEAF)
Medium Dispersion Fiber (MDF)
TrueWave-Cable (TW-C)
Dispersion Shifted Fiber (DSF)
Pure Silica Core Fiber (PSCF) (for long single spans only)
Fibers with high polarization mode dispersion for 2.5 Gbit/s, 10 Gbit/s and 40
Gbit/s line rates

Service flexibility to meet all customer traffic requirements:

A42022-L5972-B051-02-7618
Issue: 2 Issue date: December 2007

17

Introduction to SURPASS hiT 7300

2.3

Technical Description (TED)

Ethernet
SDH/SONET
Fiber Channel (FC)/FICON
OTH

Dispersion tolerant transponders.

Tunable laser transponders for wavelength changes without the need to swap plugin cards, thus enabling simplified installation and commissioning and easier
handling of spare parts.

Network management by:


Telecommunication Network Management System Core/Cross Domain
Manager (TNMS Core/CDM)
Telecommunication Network Management System Craft Terminal (TNMS CT)
Web-based Craft Terminal (@CT)

SURPASS TransNet planning tool for simplified and comprehensive network design
on a geographical map, including cost optimization.

Applications
SURPASS hiT 7300 can be used in any kind of network topology, including:
Transparent photonic point-to-point topologies
Chains
Rings
Mesh networks
Long single spans
Basically, in a typical SURPASS hiT 7300 optical network, the following NE types are
used:
Optical Line Repeater (OLR)
Optical Network Node (ONN) with the following subtypes:
Optical Network Node - Interconnect (ONN-I)
Optical Network Node - Reconfigurable (ONN-R)
Optical Network Node - Small (ONN-S)
Optical Network Node - Terminal (ONN-T)
Stand-alone Optical Node (SON)
Table 4 describes the possible OADM architectures and respective characteristics when
using SURPASS hiT 7300 ONN NEs.

Possible OADM
architectures

Small
OADM

Terminal
1/2 OADM

Flexible
OADM

FullAccess
OADM

Reconfig.
OADM

ONN subtypes

ONN-S

ONN-T

ONN-I

ONN-R

ONN-R

100% add/drop capability

Arbitrary choice of routing status


per wavelength

(n=2)

(n=1)

Low optical penalty


Multi-degree (n=1..6) nodes with
in-service upgradeability
Table 4

18

SURPASS hiT 7300 available OADM architectures using ONN NEs

A42022-L5972-B051-02-7618
Issue: 2 Issue date: December 2007

Technical Description (TED)

Introduction to SURPASS hiT 7300

Possible OADM
architectures

Small
OADM

Terminal
1/2 OADM

Flexible
OADM

FullAccess
OADM

Reconfig.
OADM

ONN subtypes

ONN-S

ONN-T

ONN-I

ONN-R

ONN-R

End-to-end commissioning
without visiting intermediate sites

Drop of arbitrary channels


without deploying additional
filters
Lower operation/administration
cost through reduced NE and
cabling complexity

Optimized for high channel count


Optimized for low channel count
Pay as you grow concept
Table 4

X
X

SURPASS hiT 7300 available OADM architectures using ONN NEs (Cont.)
The NE types and subtypes are described in detail in chapter 4.
Figure 2 and Figure 3 display the network topologies which can be implemented, when
using SURPASS hiT 7300 NEs.

A42022-L5972-B051-02-7618
Issue: 2 Issue date: December 2007

19

Introduction to SURPASS hiT 7300

Technical Description (TED)

3RLQWWR3RLQW
6853$66
KL71(V
2117

&KDLQ
2/5

211,56

5LQJ

1RQ6853$66
KL7FOLHQW1(V
6853$66KL7[[

61

0HVKHG

,35RXWHU

/6ZLWFK

Figure 2

20

Network topologies using SURPASS hiT 7300 OLR and ONN NEs

A42022-L5972-B051-02-7618
Issue: 2 Issue date: December 2007

Technical Description (TED)

Introduction to SURPASS hiT 7300

3RLQWWR3RLQW
SDVVLYHVROXWLRQ

6853$66
KL71(V
2117
621
03%&50+

621DVUHPRWH
WUDQVSRQGHU

1RQ6853$66
KL7FOLHQW1(V
6853$66KL7[[
61

/RQJVLQJOHVSDQ
ZLWK03%&50+

,35RXWHU
/6ZLWFK

Figure 3

Network topologies using SURPASS hiT 7300 SON NE

The SURPASS hiT 7300 DWDM system has an integral optical add-drop multiplexer
that can hold a mixed configuration of 2.5 Gbit/s, 10 Gbit/s and 40 Gbit/s systems, with
40 wavelengths at up to 40 Gbit/s each.
SURPASS hiT 7300 can be used in the following application segments:
ULH DWDM applications, for long path lengths of up to 1600 km.
Long Haul (LH) DWDM applications, reaching up to 1200 km.
Regional DWDM applications with path lengths starting at 200 km and for high traffic
volumes. These networks are often used as regional collector networks to feed into
LH portions of the network. Regional DWDM networks have typical path lengths of
up to 500 km.
Metro DWDM applications, for short path lengths of up to 200 km.
Long single span applications using SON NEs and MPBC RMH07 equipment.

2.4

Wavelength bands/frequency spacing


The SURPASS hiT 7300 uses a maximum of 40 wavelengths within the C-band, with
100 GHz frequency spacing.
Table 5 lists all the frequencies/wavelengths of the 40 channels used by the SURPASS
hiT 7300

A42022-L5972-B051-02-7618
Issue: 2 Issue date: December 2007

21

Introduction to SURPASS hiT 7300

Technical Description (TED)

Channels
Frequency (THz)

Wavelength (nm)

196.00

1529.55

195.90

1530.33

195.80

1531.12

195.70

1531.90

195.60

1532.68

195.50

1533.47

195.40

1534.25

195.30

1535.04

195.20

1535.82

195.10

1536.61

195.00

1537.40

194.90

1538.19

194.80

1538.98

194.70

1539.77

194.60

1540.56

194.50

1541.35

194.40

1542.14

194.30

1542.94

194.20

1543.73

194.10

1544.53

194.00

1545.32

193.90

1546.12

193.80

1546.92

193.70

1547.72

193.60

1548.51

193.50

1549.32

193.40

1550.12

193.30

1550.92

193.20

1551.72

193.10

1552.52

193.00

1553.33

192.90

1554.13

Table 5

22

Sub-band

C01

C02

C03

C04

C05

C06

C07

C08

Frequency/wavelength of SURPASS hiT 7300

A42022-L5972-B051-02-7618
Issue: 2 Issue date: December 2007

Technical Description (TED)

Introduction to SURPASS hiT 7300

Channels
Frequency (THz)

Wavelength (nm)

192.80

1554.94

192.70

1555.75

192.60

1556.55

192.50

1557.36

192.40

1558.17

192.30

1558.98

192.20

1559.79

192.10

1560.61

Table 5

Sub-band

C09

C10

Frequency/wavelength of SURPASS hiT 7300 (Cont.)

g There are several possibilities to build up systems with different channel numbers
at the Begin-of-Life (BOL) or at the End-of-Life (EOL), therefore allowing cost-efficient system configurations during the complete life cycle of the system.
The channel upgrade is handled via Nokia Siemens Networks SURPASS TransNet
network planning tool. SURPASS TransNet supplies all the information about the
channel upgrade order (see chapter 7.1).

2.5

CWDM support
The CWDM sub-system allows a very simple and low cost implementation of a passive
(no amplification required) optical multiplexing system which can be used for data collection and aggregation of multiple client data from different remote locations within
enterprise or small metropolitan networks.
The CWDM sub-system can be applied as a feeder system for a SURPASS hiT 7300
NE or can simply be used as a standalone system for interconnection between first mile
access equipment and second mile aggregation switches.
The CWDM sub-system main features are:
Support of 8 wavelengths from CWDM grid (according to ITU-T G.694.2) with
CWDM interfaces (according to ITU-T G.695).
Independent from SURPASS hiT 7300 shelf.
Mechanical integration either by cascadable CWDM add/drop patch-cord connectors, or by cascadable CWDM filter modules plugged into 1 HU filter pack shelves
(see chapter 5.8).
Compatible with ANSI, hiT 7300 ETSI and standard ETSI racks.
Compliant with Telcordia GR-1209 and GR-1221 for central office conditions.
Table 6 lists all the CWDM frequencies supported by the CWDM sub-system.
Wavelengths (nm)

Channel number

1471

1491

Table 6

A42022-L5972-B051-02-7618
Issue: 2 Issue date: December 2007

CWDM supported wavelengths

23

Introduction to SURPASS hiT 7300

Technical Description (TED)

Wavelengths (nm)

Channel number

1511

1531

1551

1571

1591

1611

Table 6

CWDM supported wavelengths (Cont.)

For reach calculation and interconnection of CWDM applications, please contact your
Nokia Siemens Networks sales representative.
The CWDM sub-system can be used on various network applications. The following
scenarios are supported:
Cascading of carrier Ethernet switches (e.g., SURPASS hiD66xx) using CWDM collector network.
CWDM client traffic aggregation for SURPASS hiT 7300 NEs, also allowing redundant CWDM client protection (see Figure 4).
CWDM connection of remote SON to SURPASS hiT 7300 NEs (with a possible
interconnection protection) (see Figure 5).

FOLHQW

,7*
,7*

OLQH

,7*
,7*

6853$66KL71(

&:'0ULQJ

&:'0
FOLHQW

&:'008;

&:'008;

&:'0
FOLHQW

&:'008;

&:'008;

ZRUNLQJ

SURWHFWLRQ

&:'0
FOLHQW

Figure 4

24

CWDM client traffic aggregation

A42022-L5972-B051-02-7618
Issue: 2 Issue date: December 2007

Technical Description (TED)

Introduction to SURPASS hiT 7300

':'008;


':'0OLQH,)V





':'008;

278

':'0OLQH,)V
 






&:'0
FRQQHFWLRQ

&:'0
'08;

&:'0
08;

OLQH

,7*




DPSOLILHUV
':'0OLQH

,7*RU
,7*

278

278
&:'0FOLHQWV






SURW

Figure 5

2.6

OLQH

FOLHQWV

,7*

FOLHQWV

*E()&
670

*E()&
670

ZRUN

&:'0
FRQQHFWLRQ

278

&:'0FOLHQWV

278
&:'0
'08;






211
,7*RU
,7*
&:'0

08;

OLQH

,7*
FOLHQWV

*E()&
670

621

DPSOLILHUV
':'0OLQH

CWDM connection of a remote SON terminal

StrataLight OTS-4000
The StrataLight OTS-4000 is a 40 Gbit/s DWDM transponder/muxponder equipment,
based on lightwave modulation technology which narrows the spectral width of 40 Gbit/s
signals. This enables multi-haul transmission, allowing 40 Gbit/s wavelengths to be
mixed with 10 Gbit/s wavelengths on the same fiber. The modulation technology
enables extension of unregenerated transmission distances.
StrataLight OTS-4000 can interwork with SURPASS hiT 7300 without the need of any
additional systems.
For detailed information about the StrataLight OTS-4000 equipment, please refer to the
StrataLight OTS-4000 customer documentation.

2.7

MPBC RMH07 series


The RMH07 Long Reach Transport Series from MPB Communications consists of
amplifiers designed to transmit and receive signals over fiber optic links from 100 to
more than 400 km in one single span using SON NEs.
The amplifiers are based on Erbium Doped Fiber Amplifier (EDFA) and Raman technology. The full equipment suite includes devices for managing the RMH07 series equipment both at the shelf and network levels.
The RMH07 series equipment provides optical interworking with SURPASS hiT 7300 10
Gibt/s transponders, optical multiplexer cards and dispersion compensation cards.
For detailed information about the RMH07 series, please refer to the MPBC RMH07
series customer documentation.

2.8

Compatibility with other systems


SURPASS hiT 7300 presents wide channel pass-bands for compatibility with 2.5 Gbit/s,
10 Gbit/s or 40 Gbit/s terminal equipment.
SURPASS hiT 7300 is compatible with the following equipment:
ADVA FSP3000
SN16000
SURPASS hiT 7060
SURPASS hiT 7070
SURPASS hiT 7080

A42022-L5972-B051-02-7618
Issue: 2 Issue date: December 2007

25

Introduction to SURPASS hiT 7300

26

Technical Description (TED)

SURPASS hiT 7500


SURPASS hiT 7540
SURPASS hiT 7540c
SURPASS hiT 7550

A42022-L5972-B051-02-7618
Issue: 2 Issue date: December 2007

Technical Description (TED)

System functions

3 System functions
This chapter describes important system functions of the SURPASS hiT 7300 system.
For instructions on how to configure and operate many of the features described in this
chapter, please refer to the Operating Manual (OMN) of SURPASS hiT 7300.

3.1

Optical transmission functions


The following sub-chapters provide information about optical transmission functions of
the SURPASS hiT 7300 system such as safety mechanisms, correction techniques, and
control and management systems.

3.1.1

Laser safety
Optical safety mechanisms are indispensable to protect all users from harmful light
emissions of optical amplifiers and pump light sources.
The laser safety mechanisms of the SURPASS hiT 7300 transmission system are
designed for IEC60825-2:2004+A1:2006 hazard level 1M (21.3 dBm@1550 nm) at
open connector.
The SURPASS hiT 7300 NEs have to be operated in "Controlled Location" according to
IEC60825-2:2004+A1:2006. Alternatively, at costumer request, SURPASS hiT 7300
equipment can be prepared for operation in "Restricted Location", as defined in IEC
60825-2:2004+A1:2006.
For a more detailed information about laser safety procedures and handling, please
refer to the Safety Instructions document.
The main mechanisms to guarantee the hazard levels are Automatic Power Shut Down
(APSD) and Automatic Power Reduction Mode (APRM).
The APSD function scheme is triggered immediately, when the transmission fiber
system is opened. The lasers are shut-down in the line amplifier and Raman pump
emitting toward the open fiber end. Normal operation is recovered within seconds once
the fiber system is closed.
The APRM function is triggered when in an ONN demultiplexing path, a fiber carrying
class 3B power is opened. The lasers in the last stages of the pre-amplifier are reduced
in power so that class 1M power is emitted toward the open fiber end. Normal operation
is recovered within seconds once the fiber system is closed.
Laser Safety Bus
In SURPASS hiT 7300 the Laser Safety Bus (LSB) rings ensure a safe NE operation by
providing:

APSD of amplifiers feeding the transmission line fiber pair.


APRM of a pre-amplifier feeding the demultiplexer filter tree.

The LSB rings are achieved by interconnecting, according to SURPASS TransNet cable
report, all the shelfs of the NE via APSD cables.
The removal of one, or more APSD cables will trigger laser safety shutdown mechanisms and consequentially lead to traffic loss.

For detailed information about SURPASS hiT 7300 cards, please refer to chapter 5.

A42022-L5972-B051-02-7618
Issue: 2 Issue date: December 2007

27

System functions

3.1.2

Technical Description (TED)

Super Forward Error Correction


The S-FEC and the Forward Error Correction (FEC) techniques optimize the level of
signal performance by providing a better Optical Signal to Noise Ratio (OSNR) tolerance
at the transponders, i.e., FEC/S-FEC enables the system to withstand more signal
noise.
With increasing transmission rates, distance-limiting phenomena such as fiber non-linearity, chromatic dispersion, and Polarization Mode Dispersion (PMD) have a more pronounced effect. Bit error correction has an important task since it increases the ability to
have a higher reach. Distances that, without S-FEC would suffer an unacceptable
receive-end OSNR can be successfully spanned with the use of S-FEC. S-FEC provides
networks with additional OSNR margin.
S-FEC is a coding algorithm that enables bit error detection and correction. It is applied
on the line side only, whereas on the client side the standard FEC technique can be
used. S-FEC is a "forward" scheme, i.e., the receiver receives only the information
needed to detect and correct bit errors and never requests a re-transmission.
Note that Optical channel Data Unit (ODU) and section Optical Transport Unit (OTU)
layers in the BIP-8 path provide error monitoring based on the payload. S-FEC provides
error correction in the client's payload and all the overheads (OPU-OH, ODU-OH, OTUOH). The Optical channel Payload Unit (OPU), ODU and OTU are the sub-layers of the
optical channel (client signal), as defined in ITU-T G.709.

3.1.3

Traffic protection
The protection of all the traffic generated by SURPASS hiT 7300 is achieved with an
Optical Channel Protection (OChP) switching on the I04T2G5-1 transponder card or an
OChP card (O03CP-1) for the I01T10G-1 and I08T10G-1 cards (see chapter 5.13).
The OChP switching on the I04T2G5-1 transponder card is realized at the electrical
signal level by 1+1 ODUk trail protection according to ITU-T G.873.1. When using an
O03CP-1 card the optical protection switching acts by switching ON or OFF the lasers
of the two transponder cards (I01T10G-1 or I08T10G-1).
Protection switching is achieved with a non-revertive switching behavior. Manual switching, forced switching, and switching lockout features can be executed remotely by the
user via software commands.
In a line protection scenario when a protection request by the NE is detected, the protection switching is completed within less than 50 ms. For an equipment protection
scenario the protection switching is completed within less than 200 ms.
OChP for the I04T2G5-1 card
The I04T2G5-1 architecture supports a 1+1 OChP at the line side for individual optical
channels transporting optical or electrical Gigabit Ethernet (GbE), STM-16/OC-48,
FC/FICON 1G, and FC/FICON 2G client signals.
The OChP of the ODU1 provides both traffic and equipment protection during:
Signal failures of the optical channel within the optical link.
Equipment failures on the transponder cards (severe failure in line Small FormFactor Pluggable (SFP)), upstream filters and amplifier cards.
The OChP, of the I04T2G5-1 transponder card is achieved by two protection schemes
(described in Table 7).

28

A42022-L5972-B051-02-7618
Issue: 2 Issue date: December 2007

Technical Description (TED)

System functions

In the client side, the STM-16/OC-48 or FC/FICON 2G signals protection is performed


on one client interface (port 1). On the other hand, the GbE and FC/FICON 1G signals
protection is performed on two client interfaces (ports 1 and 2).
In the line side, for both schemes, line port 1 is used as the working port, whereas line
port 2 is used as the protection port as described in Table 7.
Protected client
traffic port(s)

Working line port


(trail)

Protection line port


(trail)

1 (1 x STM-16/OC-48)

1 (1 x FC/FICON 2G)

1+2 (2 x GbE)

1+2 (2 x FC/FICON 1G)

Table 7

Combinations of working/protection line ports and client ports on the


I04T2G5-1 card

Figure 6 displays the OChP architecture of the I04T2G5-1 transponder card.

:RUNLQJSDWK

*ELWV
7UDQVSRQGHU

08;

$PSOLILHU

ERRVWHU
08;'08;

278

'08;

$PSOLILHU

SUHDPS

278

08;

$PSOLILHU

FOLHQW
,)

ERRVWHU
08;'08;

'08;

$PSOLILHU

SUHDPS

3URWHFWLRQSDWK
Figure 6

I04T2G5-1 OChP architecture

OChP for the I01T10G-1 and I08T10G-1 cards


The 10 Gbit/s protection is achieved with a pair of 10 Gbit/s transponder cards
(I01T10G-1 or I08T10G-1) in adjacent slots together with an O03CP-1 card.

g The protection transponder can be added later, but the slot has to be planned and
reserved by SURPASS TransNet. To avoid traffic interruption, the protection card
O03CP-1 has to be used together with the working transponder card.
The O03CP-1 architecture provides a 1+1 OChP at the client side for:
10GbE and STM-64/OC-192 client signals on the I01T10G-1 transponder card.
Optical GbE and STM-16/OC-48 client signals on the I08T10G-1 transponder card.

A42022-L5972-B051-02-7618
Issue: 2 Issue date: December 2007

29

System functions

Technical Description (TED)

g Electrical GbE interfaces on 10 Gbit/s transponders cannot be protected.


The 1+1 client protection provides both traffic and equipment protection during:
Signal failures of the optical channel within the optical link.
Equipment failures on the transponder cards (missing cards, power failures and
severe failures in laser modules on line interfaces), upstream filters and amplifier
cards.
A received External Open Connection Indication (EOCI).
Figure 7 displays the 10 Gbit/s OChP architecture using a O03CP-1 card.

:RUNLQJSDWK
*ELWV
7UDQVSRQGHU

FOLHQW
,)

08;

278

$PSOLILHU

ERRVWHU
08;'08;

278

'08;

$PSOLILHU

2&3

SUHDPS

*ELWV
7UDQVSRQGHU
08;

278

$PSOLILHU

ERRVWHU
08;'08;

FOLHQW
,)
278

'08;

$PSOLILHU

SUHDPS

3URWHFWLRQSDWK
Figure 7

3.1.4

10 Gbit/s OChP architecture

Control and management


Optical link control is intended to ensure optimized optical link operation in any link state.
The goals are to maintain sufficient link performance and consequently an equally distributed OSNR level at each channel's tail end (OSNR at optical receiver or regenerator
locations).
Within each individual NE, the controller card manages and controls all optical link
relevant information. Controller cards within an optical link exchange management information as well as measurement data between each other.
Link management information, measurement data, and pre-emphasis control via XMLRPC (for based control traffic between tail and head-end of pre-emphasis section)
needed for controlling the optical link is exchanged between NEs via the Optical Supervisory Channel (OSC), described in chapter 3.2.1.

30

A42022-L5972-B051-02-7618
Issue: 2 Issue date: December 2007

Technical Description (TED)

System functions

2117

2/5

2116

2117

)LOWHU PX[

26&

26&

&RQWUROOHUFDUG

/LQH
DPSOLILHU

/LQH
DPSOLILHU
26&

&RQWUROOHUFDUG

&RQWUROOHUFDUG

&KDQQHOV
DGGGURS

26&

/LQH
DPSOLILHU

/LQH
DPSOLILHU

&KDQQHOV
DGGGURS

&RQWUROOHUFDUG

26&




/LQH
DPSOLILHU

/LQH
DPSOLILHU

26&

/LQH
DPSOLILHU

)LOWHU GHPX[ 

Figure 8




/LQH
DPSOLILHU







)LOWHU GHPX[
/LQH
DPSOLILHU

/LQH
DPSOLILHU
)LOWHU PX[

Optical link communication between NEs example

Communication links between NEs are established to properly operate all optical link
control mechanisms, for the whole link as well as for the NE (see Figure 8).
For detailed information about SURPASS hiT 7300 NEs, please refer to chapter 4.
Within each shelf, the controller card communicates with all "passive" cards (e.g., filter
and attenuator cards), using the Inter-Integrated Circuit (I2C) bus. "Active" cards (e.g.,
line amplifier and Raman pump cards) communicate via NE internal Ethernet with the
controller card.
The communication between shelves is achieved via two Ethernet Local Area Network
(LAN) connectors on the controller card.
Span loss supervision and correction
Span loss supervision and correction is done during system operation by any line amplifier card.
The span loss correction compensates span loss by increasing or decreasing the
required gains of the line amplifier and keeps both the amplifier pre-tilt and the amplifier
total output power in a constant state for slow span loss changes.
A periodic supervision is performed against a predefined reference span loss. The reference span loss is identical to the EOL span loss used during link calculation.

g Span loss correction and supervision are disabled in case of APSD.


For detailed information and a step-by-step guide on Optical Link commissioning of the
SURPASS hiT 7300 system, please refer to the Optical Link Commissioning (OLC)
manual.

A42022-L5972-B051-02-7618
Issue: 2 Issue date: December 2007

31

System functions

Technical Description (TED)

3.2

System management
The following sub-chapters provide information regarding:
OSC
DCN
Engineering Order Wire interface (EOW)
User channels
Telemetry Interface (TIF)

3.2.1

Optical Supervisory Channel


SURPASS hiT 7300 offers a 12.5 Mbit/s bit rate OSC with a bandwidth of 10 Mbit to
provide communications between all SURPASS hiT 7300 NEs.
The OSC supports all the network management communication required to set-up and
maintain a DWDM system configuration, fault management, performance monitoring,
and software maintenance.
The OSC uses the 1510 nm wavelength in both transmission directions, as displayed in
Figure 9.
&XVWRPHUQHWZRUN

1&7PRGH

/&7PRGH

4)

4 /$1 
4
26&
QP

&&(3

26&
QP

&&(3
26&
QP

2117

Figure 9

3.2.2

26&
QP
&&(3

26&
QP
2/5

&&(3
26&
QP

2116

2117

Optical Supervisory Channel

Data Communication Network


A network of interconnected NEs is designated a DCN domain. The communication is
established via the OSC of the optical links and an Ethernet/L2 switching network implemented by the NEs (Message Control Function (MCF)). A single DCN domain supports
up to of 111 NEs.
A Telecommunication Management Network (TMN) system (@CT, TNMS Core/CDM or
TNMS CT) communicates with a DCN domain via designated gateway NEs (using Q
and QF Ethernet interfaces).
The gateway NE separates the SURPASS hiT 7300 DCN from the customer network
using Network Address Port Translation forwarding (NAPT). The gateway function also
implements a File Transfer Protocol (FTP) proxy for file transfer and distribution

32

A42022-L5972-B051-02-7618
Issue: 2 Issue date: December 2007

Technical Description (TED)

System functions

between an external FTP server and the NEs. Multiple gateway NEs can be used to
provide redundant access to the SURPASS hiT 7300 DCN.
The additional protocols and functions for network control, automation, and services
provided by the DCN are:
Address Resolution Protocol (APR).
Virtual Local Area Network (VLAN) 802.1q tagging.
Fail-over detection between primary and secondary DHCP server implemented via
Common Address Redundancy Protocol (CARP).
Link supervision via Link Layer Discovery Protocol (LLDP).
Uni-directional link detection.
Verification of static route entries by sending a ping via Internet Control Message
Protocol (ICMP) to the next hop and analyzing the reply.
Network management via Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP).
Separate the DCN from the customer IP network via NAPT.
Software download/distribution via FTP (e.g., software download and distribution).
Pre-emphasis and file distribution control based on XML-RPC.
User channels with point-to-point Ethernet channel per link.
Time synchronization via Network Time Protocol (NTP).
Domain Name Service (DNS).
Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP).
To maintain a loop-free topology of a switched DCN domain, the SURPASS hiT 7300
supports the Spanning Tree Protocol (STP).

3.2.3

Network Time Protocol


The NTP is used for time synchronization of the DCN. When synchronized, all NEs use
the same reference clock for time stamping of log entries, issued events, etc.
The NEs in the DCN rely on the NEs configured as DHCP servers for time synchronization, i.e., they use the DHCP servers as NTP servers.
The NEs configured as DHCP servers must use external NTP (up to three) servers in
the customer network for time synchronization (see Figure 10).

&XVWRPHU173VHUYHUV
3ULPDU\'+&3VHUYHU

6HFRQGDU\'+&3VHUYHU

6853$66KL7
QHWZRUN

Figure 10

NTP synchronization example

The NE chooses the actual NTP server among the available servers, since NTP protocol
allows redundant time synchronization.

A42022-L5972-B051-02-7618
Issue: 2 Issue date: December 2007

33

System functions

Technical Description (TED)

If no NTP server is available (external or DHCP server), the NE goes into a free-running
mode, depending only on its internal clock.
Table 8 lists the rules for each NE role concerning the NTP server definition. Each NE
must be set as described to obtain a correct time synchronization of all the NEs in the
DCN.
NE
OLR

ONN
SON
Table 8

3.2.4

DHCP role

NTP server

Server

Enabled

Client

Disabled

Server

Enabled

Client

Disabled

Server or Client

Optional

NTP server definition in each NE role

Engineering Order Wire interface


The EOW interface can be used to establish conference and selective calls from one NE
to other NE(s) using a handset.
When plugged, a handset is automatically in the same conference call with all the other
handsets connected to the same line. The communication line is set by all the shelves,
belonging to different NEs, that are interconnected by OSCs.
In case of a selective call the operator selects an NE by dialing a 3-digit number, which
is configured via LCT.
EOW calls are carried over OSC and transmitted together with the OSC payload via the
optical fiber along the entire transmission line.
In ring and meshed networks, the line may form a closed ring. A ring manager opens the
loop, to prevent the EOW call from feedback distortion.
Inter-shelf EOW connection in multi-degree ONNs is achieved with a 4-wire cable that
interconnects the controller cards of different shelves belonging to the same NE. This
allows EOW calls in interconnected rings and meshed networks (see Figure 11).

34

A42022-L5972-B051-02-7618
Issue: 2 Issue date: December 2007

Technical Description (TED)

System functions

211

211

/$

/$
&&(3

&&(3

&&(3
/$

/$

6KHOI%


211
/$

/$

6KHOI$


211

&&63

&&(3

/$

/$

/$

/$

&&(3

&&(3

/$

/$

211

/$

/$
&&(3

&&(3
/$

211

Figure 11

2SWLRQDOZLUH
LQWHUFRQQHFW
FDEOH PD[P 

/$

211

EOW conference call setup (interconnected ring network example)

An expansion Y 4-wire cable is also available to provide an additional EOW interface on


the controller card. The expansion cable can gather two EOW signals and is particularly
suited for multi-degree ONNs which comprise three or more optical paths.

3.2.5

User channels
The SURPASS hiT 7300 user channels are used for bidirectional connections between
NEs via the OSC, providing the customer with a point-to-point Ethernet connection for
specific data network or remote access to NEs not reachable via DCN.
The user channels are accessible via two Ethernet ports, User 1 and User 2 at NEs terminating an OSC (see chapter 6.3.4).
For each Optical Transport Section (OTS) two user channels are available. However,
NEs located between the two ends of the optical path can carry up to four user channels
(two for each transmission direction) but only two can be accessed in each NE. Each
user channel carries a distinct VLAN tag to differentiate the user channels within the
same OTS.
Up to two user channels (belonging to different OTSs) can be terminated on each controller card. If both user channels belong to the same OTS only one user channel can
be terminated. Transit user channels (i.e., transfer traffic routed to another OTS), are forwarded to the respective OTS by the NE shelf controller.
In ONNs the user channels are terminated by default. However, they can be set to
through connected via LCT (within the same controller card) or by interconnecting the
User 1/User 2 connectors (of different controller cards) via a Ethernet cable. In OLRs,
the user channels are through connected by default. Using LCT, the through connection
can be opened and the user channels are accessible at OLRs also.
Figure 12 displays an example with point-to-point connections between ONNs and
OLRs, i.e., the point-to-point connection between two locations (e.g., Location 1 and
Location 4, Location 2 and Location 3, etc.).

A42022-L5972-B051-02-7618
Issue: 2 Issue date: December 2007

35

System functions

Technical Description (TED)

/RFDWLRQ

/RFDWLRQ

8VHU

8VHU

&&(3

8VHU

&&(3

2/5
,QWHUQDOO\WKURXJK
FRQQHFWHG

/RFDWLRQ

8VHU

&&(3

211

Figure 12

/RFDWLRQ

8VHU

&&(3

211

2/5

/RFDWLRQ
8VHU

&&(3

211

,Q211VWKHXVHU
FKDQQHOVDUHWHUPLQDWHG
E\GHIDXOW$WKURXJK
FRQQHFWZLWKLQWKHVDPH
&&[3FDQEHHVWDEOLVKHG
YLDWKHPDQDJHPHQW
LQWHUIDFH

User channels setup example

g The user channel is realized as a point-to-point VLAN without STP. Therefore, the
user channel must be used in a loop free configuration.

3.2.6

Telemetry Interface
The TIF sensors (inputs) and TIF actors (outputs) are intended to be used for traditional
user-defined housekeeping purposes.
The TIF sensors usually supervise particular events at the site (e.g., fire alarm, overtemperature alarm, door-open alarm, etc.) and carry alarms issued by external equipment (e.g., StrataLight OTS-4000 and MPBC RMH07 series). The TIF actors usually
control particular devices at the site (e.g., lights, air conditioning, etc.).
TIF sensors and actors are available on the first shelf (001) of the CCEP-1 controller
card with 16 sensors and 15 actors. Actors, 1 to 8, are free to be used by the user. The
remaining actors, 9 to 15, are used for equipment/communication alarm indication purposes, visible and audible as listed in Table 9:
TIF actors

Description

TIF actor 9

Critical Alarms (audible)

TIF actor 10

Major Alarms (audible)

TIF actor 11

Minor Alarms (audible)

TIF actor 12

Critical Alarms (visible)

TIF actor 13

Major Alarms (visible)

TIF actor 14

Minor Alarms (visible)

TIF actor 15

Power Equipment Alarm

Table 9

Default TIF actors functions

Optionally, actors 9 to 14 can be set for free usage by the user via LCT (see chapter
8.1). Actor 15 cannot be used by the user since it is totally driven by hardware.
The TIF sensors generate an environmental alarm on the NE, when the current state
differs from the configurable normal state.

36

A42022-L5972-B051-02-7618
Issue: 2 Issue date: December 2007

Technical Description (TED)

System functions

TIF circuits must be powered by circuits that meet Safety Extra Low Voltage (SELV)
limits according to Standards UL 1950, VDE 0100-410, and DIN EN 60950.

3.3

Performance management
The performance monitoring and signal quality analysis provide information for detecting and alerting a cause that could lead to degraded performance before a failure is
declared.
In SURPASS hiT 7300, performance management provides the following monitoring
functions on transponder cards:
Performance monitoring (processing and reporting) of error parameters.
Inquiry of current, and history values of parameters.
Supervision of parameter thresholds and generation of Quality of Service (QoS)
alarms.
The system is capable of monitoring various performance parameters, e.g., CV, BBE,
ES, SES, SEFS, UAS, Avg-BER and Max-BER, on many layers in order to calculate the
transmission quality. Each transponder card accumulates its performance measurements every 00, 15, 30, and 45 minutes within each hour.
For optical performance the OChm_TT layer also provides several performance parameters. In each transmission channel the system is capable of monitoring minPower,
maxPower, avgPower, number of powerScans, and LosCount parameters.
At the end of each 15-minute and/or 24-hour reporting period (configurable via LCT),
each card automatically reports its performance counts to the controller card.

3.4

Fault management
The fault management reports all hardware and software malfunctions within an NE and
monitors the integrity of all incoming and outgoing digital signals such as:
Detecting anomalies.
Deriving faults by eliminating spurious anomalies.
Triggering automatic maintenance actions.
Reducing alarms by correlation of defects and by adjustable persistence checks.
Time stamp events using the system real-time clock.
Issuing spontaneous alarm event notifications to the LCT.
Preventing the report of unwanted alarm event notifications according to configurable alarm forwarding.
Reporting alarms to the local alarm system.
Indicating fault states of replaceable units.
Storing alarm events and alarm states for later retrieval.
Supporting fault location for diagnosis and guiding of maintenance.

3.4.1

Alarms
All the alarms in SURPASS hiT 7300 are displayed in the TNMS/LCT software and in
the controller card alarm indication LEDs (see chapter 6.3.4). For a quick identification
of the type of alarm, the SURPASS hiT 7300 system provides several fault management
filters.

A42022-L5972-B051-02-7618
Issue: 2 Issue date: December 2007

37

System functions

Technical Description (TED)

Alarm filtering
The fault management filtering comprises:
Anomalies and defects
Fault management starts with detection of anomalies and defects. An anomaly is the
smallest discrepancy that can be observed between:
The actual and the nominal characteristics of a signal (communication alarm
type).
The actual and nominal behavior of an equipment within the NE (equipment
alarm type).
The actual and nominal behavior of an external equipment monitored by sensors
via telemetry interfaces (equipment alarm type).
Consequent actions
After a defect detection, one or more consequent actions may be triggered, e.g.,
insertion of Forward Defect Indication (FDI) downstream, or, Backward Defect Indication (BDI) upstream.
Fault cause correlation
An anomaly can cause multiple defect detectors to be triggered. To determine which
of the detected defects is considered to represent the primary cause, the activated
defects are correlated to obtain a fault cause.
Alarm persistence time
A declared fault cause is checked for persistence generated failures. If the fault
cause remains active long enough to consider that the ability to perform a required
function no longer exists, a failure is declared.
Card LED
This filter activates the card indications related to the failure state. One LED (Fault
LED) in all "active" cards, i.e., those that contain an on-board processor, is responsible for this indication.
Shelf/NE alarms
This filter activates the shelf or NE indications related to the equipment and communication alarms. Six LEDs (three for equipment and three for communication) on the
controller card are responsible for this indication.
TMN alarm forwarding
Each failure alarm is forwarded to the TMN software, e.g., TNMS Core/CDM.
SEV alarm severity assignment
Each failure is assigned with a severity:
Not Alarmed
Warning
Minor
Major
Critical
Alarm signals and LED indications
Various LED indications on the SURPASS hiT 7300 equipment allow physical localization and a quick overview of raised alarms without the need of using any further equipment or software.
Alarms generated by "active" cards, i.e., cards that contain a local card controller, are
created by the local controller card and displayed via the Fault LED on the front of the
card (see chapter 6.3.3). These alarms indicate an internal hardware failure or a processing failure in the application software. In both cases this means that the card has a
defect and must be changed as soon as possible.

38

A42022-L5972-B051-02-7618
Issue: 2 Issue date: December 2007

Technical Description (TED)

System functions

All shelf alarms are created by the controller card. These alarms are indicated by LEDs
on the controller card panel.
LCT alarm display
The detailed alarm information is displayed in the SURPASS hiT 7300 LCT software
(see chapter 8.1).
The LCT displays equipment and communication alarms on a configurable graphical
view, offering:
Current, and history of alarm lists with filter and sorting options.
Alarm name, severity, and state information.
Alarm acknowledge functions.
Alarm log available in the log section.

3.4.2

Alarm Indication Signal behavior


The Alarm Indication Signal (AIS) maintains transmission continuity and indicates to the
receiving equipment that a transmission interruption or defect has occurred at upstream
of that equipment (according to ITU-T G.709).
The AIS is implemented by the transponders since they interact directly with the client
equipment, therefore easing the fault detection.
When the transponder card does not receive a valid input signal, it sends out a maintenance signal (AIS) at the corresponding output. Therefore:

a bad or no signal at client input results in an AIS at line output;


a bad or no signal at line input results in an AIS at client output.

The AIS signaling implemented by the transponder cards can be configured for the
SONET/SDH client interfaces (STM-16/OC-48 and STM-64/OC-192) as follows:
G-AIS (Generic AIS): uses a special pseudo-random sequence, therefore can be
used in several types of client interfaces.
MS-AIS (Multiplex Section AIS): is integrated in SDH framing, therefore can only be
used in SDH/SONET client interfaces.
Table 10 and Table 11 describe how the I04T2G5-1 transponder card implements AIS.
Condition at Client In
Layer

Alarm

ETY3

Resulting signal at Line Out

LOS

10B_ERR + EOCI

SYNCF

10B_ERR

LOS

10BERR + EOCI

SYNCF

10B_ERR

OChr

LOS

ODU-AIS

OChr/OTU1

AIS

ODU-AIS

OChr/OTU1

LOF

ODU-AIS

OChr/OTU1

LOM

ODU-AIS

ETY3/ETC3
FC0
FC0/FC2

Table 10

A42022-L5972-B051-02-7618
Issue: 2 Issue date: December 2007

AIS implementation with I04T2G5-1 card,


Client In to Line Out direction

39

System functions

Technical Description (TED)

Condition at Client In
Layer

Alarm

OS16
OS16/CBR2G5

LOS

(MS-AIS/G-AIS) + EOCI

G-AIS

MS-AIS/G-AIS
(user configurable)

OS16/RS16

LOF

MS-AIS/G-AIS
(user configurable)

OTU1

TIM

ODU-AIS
(user configurable)

Table 10

AIS implementation with I04T2G5-1 card,


Client In to Line Out direction (Cont.)

Condition at Line In
Layer

Resulting signal at Line Out

Resulting signal at Client Out

Alarm

GbE

STM-16/OC-48

OTU1

FC/FICON

LOS-P

/V/-Code/LaserOff
(user configurable)

MS-AIS/G-AIS
(user configurable)

ODU-AIS

/V/-Code/LaserOff
(user configurable)

OChr/OTU1

AIS

/V/-Code/LaserOff
(user configurable)

MS-AIS/G-AIS
(user configurable)

ODU-AIS

/V/-Code/LaserOff
(user configurable)

OChr/OTU1

LOF

/V/-Code/LaserOff
(user configurable)

MS-AIS/G-AIS
(user configurable)

ODU-AIS

/V/-Code/LaserOff
(user configurable)

OChr/OTU1

LOM

/V/-Code/LaserOff
(user configurable)

MS-AIS/G-AIS
(user configurable)

ODU-AIS

/V/-Code/LaserOff
(user configurable)

OTU1

TIM

/V/-Code/LaserOff
(user configurable)

MS-AIS/G-AIS
ODU-AIS
(user configurable) (user configurable)

/V/-Code/LaserOff
(user configurable)

ODU1T

AIS

/V/-Code/LaserOff
(user configurable)

MS-AIS/G-AIS
(user configurable)

ODU-AIS

/V/-Code/LaserOff
(user configurable)

ODU1T

LTC

/V/-Code/LaserOff
(user configurable)

MS-AIS/G-AIS
(user configurable)

ODU-AIS

/V/-Code/LaserOff
(user configurable)

ODU1T

LCK

/V/-Code/LaserOff
(user configurable)

MS-AIS/G-AIS
(user configurable)

ODU-AIS

/V/-Code/LaserOff
(user configurable)

ODU1T

OCI

/V/-Code/LaserOff
(user configurable)

MS-AIS/G-AIS
(user configurable)

ODU-AIS

/V/-Code/LaserOff
(user configurable)

ODU1T

TIM

/V/-Code/LaserOff
(user configurable)

MS-AIS/G-AIS
ODU-AIS
(user configurable) (user configurable)

/V/-Code/LaserOff
(user configurable)

ODU1P

AIS

/V/-Code/LaserOff
(user configurable)

MS-AIS/G-AIS
(user configurable)

/V/-Code/LaserOff
(user configurable)

ODU1P

LCK

/V/-Code/LaserOff
(user configurable)

MS-AIS/G-AIS
(user configurable)

/V/-Code/LaserOff
(user configurable)

OChr

Table 11

40

AIS implementation with I04T2G5-1 card,


Line In to Client Out direction

A42022-L5972-B051-02-7618
Issue: 2 Issue date: December 2007

Technical Description (TED)

System functions

Condition at Line In
Layer

Resulting signal at Client Out

Alarm

GbE

STM-16/OC-48

OTU1

FC/FICON

ODU1P

OCI

/V/-Code/LaserOff
(user configurable)

MS-AIS/G-AIS
(user configurable)

/V/-Code/LaserOff
(user configurable)

ODU1P

TIM

/V/-Code/LaserOff
(user configurable)

MS-AIS/G-AIS
(user configurable)

/V/-Code/LaserOff
(user configurable)

ODU1P/
CBR2G5

EOCI

LaserOff
(user configurable)

ODU1P/
CBR2G5

PLM

GbE/LaserOff
(user configurable)

MS-AIS/G-AIS
(user configurable)

ODU1P/
CBR2G5

G-AIS

GbE/LaserOff
(user configurable)

MS-AIS/G-AIS
(user configurable)

ODU1P/RS16

LOF

MS-AIS/G-AIS
(user configurable)

ODU1P/ETC
3

EOCI

LaserOff
(user configurable)

ODU1P/ETC
3

PLM

/V/-Code/LaserOff
(user configurable)

ODU1P/ETC
3

LFD

/V/-Code/LaserOff
(user configurable)

ODU1P/ETC
3

UPM

/V/-Code/LaserOff
(user configurable)

ODU1P/ETC
3

10BERR

/V/-Code/LaserOff
(user configurable)

ODU1P/ETC
3

SYNCFegress

/V/-Code/LaserOff
(user configurable)

ODU1P/FC2

EOCI

LaserOff
(user configurable)

ODU1P/FC2

PLM

/V/-Code/LaserOff
(user configurable)

ODU1P/FC2

LFD

/V/-Code/LaserOff
(user configurable)

ODU1P/FC2

UPM

/V/-Code/LaserOff
(user configurable)

ODU1P/FC2

10BERR

/V/-Code/LaserOff
(user configurable)

ODU1P/FC2

SYNCFegress

/V/-Code/LaserOff
(user configurable)

Table 11

AIS implementation with I04T2G5-1 card,


Line In to Client Out direction (Cont.)
Table 12 and Table 13 describe how the I01T10G-1 transponder card implements AIS.

A42022-L5972-B051-02-7618
Issue: 2 Issue date: December 2007

41

System functions

Technical Description (TED)

Condition at Client In
Layer

Alarm

ETY4

LOS

G-AIS + EOCI

G-AIS

G-AIS

OChr

LOS

ODU-AIS

OChr/OTU2

AIS

ODU-AIS

OChr/OTU2

LOF

ODU-AIS

OChr/OTU2

LOM

ODU-AIS

OTU2

TIM

ODU-AIS

OS64

LOS

(MS-AIS/G-AIS) + EOCI
(user configurable)

ETY4/CBR10G

OS64/CBR10G

OS64/RS64
Table 12

G-AIS

LOF

MS-AIS/G-AIS
(user configurable)
MS-AIS/G-AIS
(user configurable)

AIS implementation with I01T10G-1 card,


Client In to Line Out direction

Condition at Line In
Layer

Resulting signal at Line Out

Resulting signal at Client Out

Alarm

10GbE

STM-64/OC-192

OTU2

LOS-P

G-AIS/LaserOff
(user configurable)

MS-AIS/G-AIS
(user configurable)

G-AIS

OChr/OTU2V

AIS

G-AIS/LaserOff
(user configurable)

MS-AIS/G-AIS
(user configurable)

G-AIS

OChr/OTU2V

LOF

G-AIS/LaserOff
(user configurable)

MS-AIS/G-AIS
(user configurable)

G-AIS

OChr/OTU2V

LOM

G-AIS/LaserOff
(user configurable)

MS-AIS/G-AIS
(user configurable)

G-AIS

OTU2V

TIM

G-AIS/LaserOff
(user configurable)

MS-AIS/G-AIS
(user configurable)

G-AIS
(user configurable)

ODU2T

AIS

G-AIS/LaserOff
(user configurable)

MS-AIS/G-AIS
(user configurable)

G-AIS

ODU2T

LTC

G-AIS/LaserOff
(user configurable)

MS-AIS/G-AIS
(user configurable)

G-AIS

ODU2T

LCK

G-AIS/LaserOff
(user configurable)

MS-AIS/G-AIS
(user configurable)

G-AIS

OChr

Table 13

42

AIS implementation with I01T10G-1 card,


Line In to Client Out direction

A42022-L5972-B051-02-7618
Issue: 2 Issue date: December 2007

Technical Description (TED)

System functions

Condition at Line In
Layer

Resulting signal at Client Out

Alarm

10GbE

STM-64/OC-192

OTU2

ODU2T

OCI

G-AIS/LaserOff
(user configurable)

MS-AIS/G-AIS
(user configurable)

G-AIS

ODU2T

TIM

G-AIS/LaserOff
(user configurable)

MS-AIS/G-AIS
(user configurable)

G-AIS
(user configurable)

ODU2P

AIS

G-AIS/LaserOff
(user configurable)

MS-AIS/G-AIS
(user configurable)

G-AIS

ODU2P

LCK

G-AIS/LaserOff
(user configurable)

MS-AIS/G-AIS
(user configurable)

G-AIS

ODU2P

OCI

G-AIS/LaserOff
(user configurable)

MS-AIS/G-AIS
(user configurable)

G-AIS

ODU2P

TIM

G-AIS/LaserOff
(user configurable)

MS-AIS/G-AIS
(user configurable)

G-AIS
(user configurable)

ODU2P/CBR10G

EOCI

LaserOff
(user configurable)

LaserOff
(user configurable)

ODU2P/CBR10G

PLM

G-AIS/LaserOff
(user configurable)

MS-AIS/G-AIS
(user configurable)

G-AIS

ODU2P/CBR10G

G-AIS

G-AIS/LaserOff
(user configurable)

G-AIS

G-AIS

ODU2P/ETC4

SYNCF

G-AIS/LaserOff
(user configurable)

G-AIS

ODU2P/RS64

LOF

MS-AIS/G-AIS
(user configurable)

G-AIS

Table 13

AIS implementation with I01T10G-1 card,


Line In to Client Out direction (Cont.)
Table 14 and Table 15 describe how the I08T10G-1 transponder card implements AIS.
Condition at Client In
Layer

Alarm

ETY3

Resulting signal at Line Out

LOS

10B_ERR + EOCI

SYNCF

10B_ERR

OChr

LOS

ODU-AIS

OChr/OTU1

AIS

ODU-AIS

OChr/OTU1

LOF

ODU-AIS

OChr/OTU1

LOM

ODU-AIS

OS16

LOS

(MS-AIS/G-AIS) + EOCI

ETY3/ETC3

Table 14

A42022-L5972-B051-02-7618
Issue: 2 Issue date: December 2007

AIS implementation with I08T10G-1 card,


Client In to Line Out direction

43

System functions

Technical Description (TED)

Condition at Client In
Layer

Alarm

OS16/CBR2G5

G-AIS

MS-AIS/G-AIS
(user configurable)

OS16/RS16

LOF

MS-AIS/G-AIS
(user configurable)

OTU1

TIM

ODU-AIS
(user configurable)

Table 14

AIS implementation with I08T10G-1 card,


Client In to Line Out direction (Cont.)

Condition at Line In
Layer

Resulting signal at Line Out

Resulting signal at Client Out

Alarm

GbE

STM-16/OC-48

OTU1

LOS-P

/V/-Code/LaserOff
(user configurable)

MS-AIS/G-AIS
(user configurable)

ODU-AIS

OChr/OTU2V

AIS

/V/-Code/LaserOff
(user configurable)

MS-AIS/G-AIS
(user configurable)

ODU-AIS

OChr/OTU2V

LOF

/V/-Code/LaserOff
(user configurable)

MS-AIS/G-AIS
(user configurable)

ODU-AIS

OChr/OTU2V

LOM

/V/-Code/LaserOff
(user configurable)

MS-AIS/G-AIS
(user configurable)

ODU-AIS

OTU2V

TIM

/V/-Code/LaserOff
(user configurable)

MS-AIS/G-AIS
(user configurable)

ODU-AIS

ODU2T

AIS

/V/-Code/LaserOff
(user configurable)

MS-AIS/G-AIS
(user configurable)

ODU-AIS
(user configurable)

ODU2T

LTC

/V/-Code/LaserOff
(user configurable)

MS-AIS/G-AIS
(user configurable)

ODU-AIS
(user configurable)

ODU2T

LCK

/V/-Code/LaserOff
(user configurable)

MS-AIS/G-AIS
(user configurable)

ODU-AIS
(user configurable)

ODU2T

OCI

/V/-Code/LaserOff
(user configurable)

MS-AIS/G-AIS
(user configurable)

ODU-AIS
(user configurable)

ODU2T

TIM

/V/-Code/LaserOff
(user configurable)

MS-AIS/G-AIS
(user configurable)

ODU-AIS
(user configurable)

ODU2P

AIS

/V/-Code/LaserOff
(user configurable)

MS-AIS/G-AIS
(user configurable)

ODU-AIS

ODU2P

LCK

/V/-Code/LaserOff
(user configurable)

MS-AIS/G-AIS
(user configurable)

ODU-AIS

ODU2P

OCI

/V/-Code/LaserOff
(user configurable)

MS-AIS/G-AIS
(user configurable)

ODU-AIS

OChr

Table 15

44

AIS implementation with I08T10G-1 card,


Line In to Client Out direction

A42022-L5972-B051-02-7618
Issue: 2 Issue date: December 2007

Technical Description (TED)

System functions

Condition at Line In
Layer

Resulting signal at Client Out

Alarm

GbE

STM-16/OC-48

OTU1

ODU2P

TIM

/V/-Code/LaserOff
(user configurable)

MS-AIS/G-AIS
(user configurable)

ODU-AIS
(user configurable)

ODU2P/ODU1

PLM

/V/-Code/LaserOff
(user configurable)

MS-AIS/G-AIS
(user configurable)

ODU-AIS

ODU2P/ODU1

LOFLOM

/V/-Code/LaserOff
(user configurable)

MS-AIS/G-AIS
(user configurable)

ODU-AIS

ODU1T

AIS

/V/-Code/LaserOff
(user configurable)

MS-AIS/G-AIS
(user configurable)

ODU-AIS
(user configurable)

ODU1T

LTC

/V/-Code/LaserOff
(user configurable)

MS-AIS/G-AIS
(user configurable)

ODU-AIS
(user configurable)

ODU1T

LCK

/V/-Code/LaserOff
(user configurable)

MS-AIS/G-AIS
(user configurable)

ODU-AIS
(user configurable)

ODU1T

OCI

/V/-Code/LaserOff
(user configurable)

MS-AIS/G-AIS
(user configurable)

ODU-AIS
(user configurable)

ODU1T

TIM

/V/-Code/LaserOff
(user configurable)

MS-AIS/G-AIS
(user configurable)

ODU-AIS
(user configurable)

ODU1P

AIS

/V/-Code/LaserOff
(user configurable)

MS-AIS/G-AIS
(user configurable)

ODU1P

LCK

/V/-Code/LaserOff
(user configurable)

MS-AIS/G-AIS
(user configurable)

ODU1P

OCI

/V/-Code/LaserOff
(user configurable)

MS-AIS/G-AIS
(user configurable)

ODU1P

TIM

/V/-Code/LaserOff
(user configurable)

MS-AIS/G-AIS
(user configurable)

ODU1P/CBR2G5

EOCI

LaserOff
(user configurable)

ODU1P/CBR2G5

PLM

MS-AIS/G-AIS
(user configurable)

ODU1P/CBR2G5

G-AIS

G-AIS

ODU1P/ETC3

EOCI

LaserOff
(user configurable)

ODU1P/ETC3

PLM

/V/-Code/LaserOff
(user configurable)

LFD

/V/-Code/LaserOff
(user configurable)

UPM

/V/-Code/LaserOff
(user configurable)

ODU1P/ETC3
ODU1P/ETC3

Table 15

AIS implementation with I08T10G-1 card,


Line In to Client Out direction (Cont.)

A42022-L5972-B051-02-7618
Issue: 2 Issue date: December 2007

45

System functions

Technical Description (TED)

Condition at Line In
Layer
ODU1P/ETC3
ODU1P/ETC3

Table 15

Resulting signal at Client Out

Alarm

GbE

STM-16/OC-48

OTU1

SYNCFegress

/V/-Code/LaserOff
(user configurable)

10BERR

/V/-Code/LaserOff
(user configurable)

AIS implementation with I08T10G-1 card,


Line In to Client Out direction (Cont.)

g All the resulting signals marked as user configurable on Table 10, Table 11, Table
12, Table 13, Table 14 and Table 15 can be configured by the user via LCT.

3.5

Loopback behavior
The following sub-chapters describe the loopback behavior provided by the SURPASS
hiT 7300 transponders.
Loopbacks are diagnostic tests that can be activated via LCT. Loopbacks return the
transmitted signal back to the sending device after the signal has passed across a particular link. The returned signal can then be compared to the transmitted one. The discrepancy between the transmitted and the returned signal helps to trace the fault.

3.5.1

I04T2G5-1 loopback
Figure 13 displays the I04T2G5-1 card loopback behavior.

&OLHQW2XW
&OLHQW,Q
&OLHQW2XW
&OLHQW,Q
&OLHQW2XW
&OLHQW,Q
&OLHQW2XW
&OLHQW,Q

6HULDOL]HU
'HVHULDOL]HU
/LQH
,QWHUIDFH
PDSSLQJ

6HULDOL]HU
'HVHULDOL]HU

&OLHQW
,QWHUIDFH
PDSSLQJ

/LQH
,QWHUIDFH
PDSSLQJ

6HULDOL]HU
'HVHULDOL]HU

6HULDOL]HU
'HVHULDOL]HU

/LQH2XW
/LQH,Q

6HULDOL]HU
'HVHULDOL]HU

6HULDOL]HU
'HVHULDOL]HU

Figure 13

3.5.2

&OLHQW
,QWHUIDFH
PDSSLQJ

/LQH2XW
/LQH,Q

I04T2G5-1 loopback

I01T10G-1 loopback
Figure 14 displays the I01TG10-1 card loopback behavior.

46

A42022-L5972-B051-02-7618
Issue: 2 Issue date: December 2007

Technical Description (TED)

&OLHQW2XW
&OLHQW,Q

Figure 14

3.5.3

System functions

6HULDOL]HU
'HVHULDOL]HU

&OLHQW
,QWHUIDFH
PDSSLQJ

/LQH
,QWHUIDFH
PDSSLQJ

6HULDOL]HU
'HVHULDOL]HU

/LQH2XW
/LQH,Q

I01TG10-1 loopback

I08T10G-1 loopback
Figure 15 displays the I08TG10-1 card loopback behavior.

&OLHQW2XW
&OLHQW,Q
&OLHQW2XW
&OLHQW,Q
&OLHQW2XW
&OLHQW,Q
&OLHQW2XW
&OLHQW,Q
&OLHQW2XW
&OLHQW,Q
&OLHQW2XW
&OLHQW,Q
&OLHQW2XW
&OLHQW,Q
&OLHQW2XW
&OLHQW,Q

Figure 15

6HULDOL]HU
'HVHULDOL]HU
6HULDOL]HU
'HVHULDOL]HU
6HULDOL]HU
'HVHULDOL]HU
6HULDOL]HU
'HVHULDOL]HU
6HULDOL]HU
'HVHULDOL]HU

&OLHQW
,QWHUIDFH
PDSSLQJ

/LQH
,QWHUIDFH
PDSSLQJ

6HULDOL]HU
'HVHULDOL]HU

/LQH2XW
/LQH,Q

6HULDOL]HU
'HVHULDOL]HU
6HULDOL]HU
'HVHULDOL]HU
6HULDOL]HU
'HVHULDOL]HU

I08TG10-1 loopback

For detailed information about SURPASS hiT 7300 transponders, please refer to
chapter 5.12.

A42022-L5972-B051-02-7618
Issue: 2 Issue date: December 2007

47

Network Elements

Technical Description (TED)

4 Network Elements
This chapter describes the available NEs of SURPASS hiT 7300.
For information regarding the SURPASS hiT 7300 supported cards, see chapter 5.
Table 16 lists all the available NEs in a SURPASS hiT 7300 Optical Transport Network
(OTN).
NE

Subtype

OLR
(see chapter 4.1)

Description
Used for optical signal amplification with
dispersion compensation.
Terminates 2 OTS.
Optical termination node for realization of
Terminal 1/2 OADM.

ONN-T

Used for amplification, dispersion compensation


full add/drop within an optical path.
Terminates 1 Optical Multiplex Section (OMS).
Optical interconnection node for realization of
FullAccess OADM or Flexible OADM.

ONN-I

Used for amplification, dispersion compensation


and full add/drop.

ONN

Terminates up to 6 OMSs.

(see chapter 4.2)

Optical interconnection node for realization of


FullAccess OADM or Reconfigurable OADM
(ROADM).
ONN-R

Used for amplification, dispersion compensation


and partial or full add/drop.
Terminates up to 6 OMSs.

ONN-S

SON
(see chapter 4.3)

Table 16

Optical interconnection node for realization of


Small OADM.
Used for amplification, dispersion compensation
and partial add/drop within an OMS.
Used for:
Passive optical multiplexing/demultiplexing
optionally combined with transponder
application.
Pure transponder application.
Long single span transmission by interworking with RMH07 series from MPBC.

SURPASS hiT 7300 NEs

The OTN is composed by one or more optical paths. A maximum of 40 channels can be
transmitted in one optical fiber along one optical path. An optical path comprises several
sections, as displayed in Figure 16.

48

A42022-L5972-B051-02-7618
Issue: 2 Issue date: December 2007

Technical Description (TED)

Network Elements

2SWLFDO3DWK
206
276

2117

Figure 16

276

2/5

211,5

206

206

276

276

2116

2117

Optical path sections example

g In Figure 16 example, all traffic is sent from ONN-T to ONN-T, therefore comprising
one single optical path.
NE equipment configuration
All the NEs support up to 15 shelves. The maximum number of transponder cards recommended for all NE types is 100 I04T2G5-1 or I08T10G-1 cards, or 200 I01T10G-1
cards. For NEs that require more than 100/200 transponder cards, please contact your
Nokia Siemens Networks sales representative before planning or upgrading.

4.1

Optical Line Repeater


The OLR is a DWDM NE which supports:
The following card types:
Controller cards.
Inline amplifier cards.
External pump cards.
Dispersion compensation module cards.
Raman amplification together with one line amplifier card.
Two bidirectional OSC terminations within a single shelf.
Power reduction to class 1M (APSD) for laser safety on line, with and without
Raman amplification.
The OLR is used for amplification, channel power boost, power tilt adjustment and dispersion compensation, in a single-shelf realization, even when Raman pump cards are
required (see Figure 17).

A42022-L5972-B051-02-7618
Issue: 2 Issue date: December 2007

49

Network Elements

Technical Description (TED)

RSWLRQDO
'&0

RSWLRQDO
3XPS

5DPDQ
SXPS

,QOLQHDPSOLILHU
RSWLRQDO
5DPDQ
SXPS

,QOLQHDPSOLILHU

RSWLRQDO

Figure 17

4.2

3XPS

'&0

RSWLRQDO

RSWLRQDO

OLR structure example

Optical Network Node


The ONN NE has four subtypes of NEs as described in Table 16. Each subtype has a
specific function within a DWDM network (see chapters 4.2.1, 4.2.2, 4.2.3 and 4.2.4).
They support:
The following card types:
Controller cards.
Line amplifier cards with booster and pre-amplifier capabilities.
Filter cards.
Channel power monitor card.
Dispersion compensation module cards.
Transponder cards.
Optical channel protection card
Raman amplification together with one line amplifier card.
Nodal degree of 1 (supported by ONN-T subtype NE) up to 6 (supported by the
ONN-I/R subtypes only) with a maximum of 6 bidirectional OSC terminations. An
upgrade of a lower to higher nodal degree is possible without traffic impact. Two bidirectional OSCs are terminated within one shelf. An additional shelf is needed for the
next two additional OSC terminations.
Link control termination for all terminated OMSs.
Power reduction to class 1M for laser safety on line (APSD) and inside the NE
(APRM), with and without Raman amplification.

g The ONN NE subtype definition is done via Network Element Configuration File
(NCF).
By combining only four basic filter card types, the SURPASS hiT 7300 system can cover
all practical network applications therefore, offering a great simplicity to the network
planning and an ability to grow the network over the time.
The four basic filter card types (F04MDN-1, F04MDU-1, F08SB-1 and F16SB-1) provide
to the ONN-T and ONN-I a Flexible OADM architecture with EOL capacity of 4 to 40
channels in steps of 4 channels.
For FullAccess OADM architectures, the ONN-R NEs can use one of the two filter cards
(F40-1 and F40MR-1), specially designed for a full add/drop of 40 channels.

50

A42022-L5972-B051-02-7618
Issue: 2 Issue date: December 2007

Technical Description (TED)

Network Elements

Based on the necessary EOL optical channel count number of a DWDM network, cost
optimized filter structures are offered for optical channel multiplexing/demultiplexing
(see chapter 5.7).
The most characteristic EOL counts are distinguished in Table 17
EOL count
ONN realization

OADM architecture

EOL=12

EOL=20

EOL=32

EOL=40

Terminal
1/2 OADM

ONN-T

ONN-I

ONN-R
Table 17

Flexible
OADM

FullAccess
OADM

EOL counts overview


Each filter structure allows an upgrade path from provisioning of the first optical channel
(BOL) up to the last optical channel (EOL) without any traffic interruption.
The filter structures can be applied for each DWDM line interface of a multi-degree ONN.
A special case is the ONN-S (Small OADM) which only uses a very simple filter structure
(see Figure 26).
Flexible filter structure for EOL=12
Figure 18 displays the filter structure for EOL=12 with the upgrade path from the first
channel (group) to the last channel (group). The three 4-channel sub-bands (Cxx) are
located within the flat region of the optical amplifier band. The upgrade path allows any
upgrade order for three 4-channel sub-bands.
/$[%
)0'1
&&&

)0'8
&&&

)0'8
&&&

&\

&]

&[

ERRVWHU

':'0
OLQH

/$[3
SUHDPS

M N

UGFKDQQHOJURXS

Figure 18

M N

QGFKDQQHOJURXS

M N

VWFKDQQHOJURXS

Flexible filter structure for EOL=12

Flexible filter structure for EOL=20


Figure 19 displays the basic filter structure for EOL=20 with the upgrade path from the
first channel (group) to the last channel (group). The upgrade path allows any upgrade
order for these sub-bands.
There are two subtypes for this filter structure, depending on which sub-band is
added/dropped as the first sub-band (C07 or C08). The cards required for add/drop or
through-connection of the corresponding wavelengths, are necessary within the filter
tree.
For more than 4 channels of BOL configuration, the F08SB-1 card with the red/blue
band splitter is required.

A42022-L5972-B051-02-7618
Issue: 2 Issue date: December 2007

51

Network Elements

Technical Description (TED)

)0'1
&

&&
&&

)6%

/$[%
)0'8
&RU&
L

M N

)0'1
&RU&

&&
&&

M N

SUHDPS

M N

M N

&

)0'1
&

M N

)0'1
&

':'0
OLQH

/$[3
L

ERRVWHU

&

Figure 19

Flexible filter structure for EOL=20

Flexible filter structure for EOL=32


Figure 20 displays the basic filter structure for EOL=32 with the upgrade path from the
first channel (group) to the last channel (group). The upgrade path allows any upgrade
order for these sub-bands.
There are three subtypes for this filter structure, depending on which sub-band is
added/dropped as the first (C07 or C08 or C09). The cards required for add/drop or
through-connection of the corresponding wavelengths, are necessary within the filter
tree.
For more than 4 channels of BOL configuration, the F08SB-1 card with the red/blue
band splitter is required. Between 12 to 24 channels, a F08SB-1 and one F16SB-1 (red
or blue) sub-band filter cards are required. Up to 32 channels, a F08SB-1 and two
F16SB-1 (red and blue) sub-band filter cards are required.

52

A42022-L5972-B051-02-7618
Issue: 2 Issue date: December 2007

Technical Description (TED)

Network Elements

)0'1
&

M N

)0'1
&

)6% EOXH
&
&

)6%

&&
&&

&
&
L

M N

/$[%
)0'8
&RU&

)6% UHG
&
&

&&
&&

&
&
L

M N

M N

)0'1
&

M N

SUHDPS

M N

)0'1
&RU&

/$[3

':'0OLQH

)0'1
&RU&

ERRVWHU

)0'1
&

M N

)0'1
&

M N

&

&

Figure 20

Flexible filter structure for EOL=32

Flexible filter structure for EOL=40


Figure 21 displays the basic filter structure for EOL=40 with the upgrade path from the
first channel (group) to the last channel (group). The upgrade path allows any upgrade
order for these sub-bands. The cards required for add/drop or through-connection of the
corresponding wavelengths, are necessary within the filter tree.
The F08SB-1 card with the red/blue band splitter is always required. Between 12 to 24
channels, one F16SB-1 (red or blue) sub-band filter card is required. Up to 40 channels,
a F08SB-1 and two F16SB-1 (red and blue) sub-band filter cards are required.

A42022-L5972-B051-02-7618
Issue: 2 Issue date: December 2007

53

Network Elements

Technical Description (TED)

)0'1
&

)6% EOXH
&

)0'1
&
L

M N

M N

)0'1
&

M N

/$[%
ERRVWHU

)6% UHG
&
&

M N

&
&

)0'1
&

)0'1
&

&&
&&

/$[3
SUHDPS

':'0OLQH

&&
&&

&
&

)0'1
&

&

)6%

&

)0'1
&
L

M N

)0'1
&

M N

)0'1
&

M N

M N

)0'1
&

&

M N

Figure 21

M N

Flexible filter structure for EOL=40

Full access filter structure


Figure 22 displays the basic filter structure for a EOL=40 in a FullAccess OADM architecture by using a F40-1 filter card. Two F40-1 filter cards (one for each transmission
direction) allow a full add/drop of 40 channels without the need of additional filter cards.

54

A42022-L5972-B051-02-7618
Issue: 2 Issue date: December 2007

Technical Description (TED)

Network Elements

0XOWLSOH[HU&DUG

)




7+]

 

/$[%
ERRVWHU

':'0OLQH
'HPXOWLSOH[HU&DUG

)




7+]

 

Figure 22

/$[3
SUHDPS

Full access filter structure using F40-1 cards

g The same realization can be obtained by using one F40MR-1 card (e.g., to add
channels) and one F40-1 card (e.g., to drop channels).
The following sub-chapters will describe the ONN subtypes.

4.2.1

Optical Network Node - Terminal


The ONN-T is a DWDM NE which can be used in a Terminal 1/2 OADM architecture. It
multiplexes and demultiplexes all channels, and terminates 1 OMS of the DWDM transport network (see Figure 23).
RSWLRQDO

RSWLRQDO

'&0

3XPS

*

*

3UHDPSOLILHU

*

7UDQVSRQGHU
FDUGV

Figure 23

A42022-L5972-B051-02-7618
Issue: 2 Issue date: December 2007

RSWLRQDO

0&3
26$

%RRVWHU

*

5DPDQ
SXPS

RSWLRQDO

2SWLFDO
$WWHQXDWRU
FDUGV

2SWLFDO
08;'08;
FDUGV

3XPS

'&0

RSWLRQDO

2SWLFDO$PSOLILHU'&0RSWLRQDOFDUGV

ONN-T structure example

55

Network Elements

Technical Description (TED)

The ONN-T is used instead of a ONN-I (with F08SB-1, F16SB-1/x, F04MDU-1/x,


F04MDN-1/x cards) or ONN-R (with F40-1 card pair) when a terminal network node
needs a wider pre-emphasis section than the ONN-I or ONN-R provides, and interconnection of transparent optical paths is not required.

4.2.2

Optical Network Node - Interconnect


The ONN-I is a DWDM NE which supports a nodal degree up to 6 in a Flexible OADM
architecture. It is used for amplification, dispersion compensation, termination of OMSs
(maximum of six) and also includes transponders for termination of optical channels
(see Figure 24).

0&3
26$

5DPDQ
SXPS

RSWLRQDO
'&0

2SWLFDO
$WWHQXDWRU
FDUGV

RSWLRQDO
'&0

RSWLRQDO
3XPS

RSWLRQDO
0&3
26$

RSWLRQDO

RSWLRQDO
3XPS

%RRVWHU

%RRVWHU

3UHDPSOLILHU

3UHDPSOLILHU

RSWLRQDO

5DPDQ
SXPS

RSWLRQDO

Figure 24

2SWLFDO
08;'08;
FDUGV

3XPS

'&0

RSWLRQDO

2SWLFDO$PSOLILHU'&0RSWLRQDOFDUGV

7UDQVSRQGHU
FDUGV

*

2SWLFDO$PSOLILHU'&0RSWLRQDOFDUGV

2SWLFDO
08;'08;
FDUGV

*

RSWLRQDO

*

3XPS

*

'&0

ONN-I structure example

The ONN-I is composed of one (or more) OMS termination(s), for multiplexing and
demultiplexing of optical channels. Every transmission direction of the ONN-I terminates
the respective OMS.
Channels that are dropped at an ONN-I are terminated at the client equipment.

4.2.3

Optical Network Node - Reconfigurable


The ONN-R is a DWDM NE which supports a nodal degree up to 6. The ONN-R can be
used in FullAccess OADM, or a ROADM architectures by combining the functions of
optical channel multiplexing/demultiplexing and optical channel (wavelengths) switching
to a very compact solution of a (remotely) reconfigurable optical add/drop multiplexer
with 100% access to all 40 optical channels on a DWDM line interface (see Figure 25).

56

A42022-L5972-B051-02-7618
Issue: 2 Issue date: December 2007

Technical Description (TED)

RSWLRQDO
3XPS

RSWLRQDO
'&0

Network Elements

2SWLFDO
08;'08;52$'0
FDUGV
ORFDO
DGG

ORFDO
GURS

RSWLRQDO
'&0

RSWLRQDO
3XPS


)
H[SUHVV

0&3
26$

5DPDQ
SXPS

%RRVWHU

':'0WUDIILF
%RRVWHU

)05

)05
H[SUHVV

3UHDPSOLILHU

RSWLRQDO
0&3
26$

RSWLRQDO

3UHDPSOLILHU

':'0WUDIILF
)

5DPDQ
SXPS

ORFDO
DGG






2SWLFDO$PSOLILHU'&0RSWLRQDOFDUGV

3XPS

2SWLFDO$PSOLILHU'&0RSWLRQDOFDUGV

RSWLRQDO

RSWLRQDO
'&0
RSWLRQDO
3XPS

RSWLRQDO

'&0

RSWLRQDO

)

26$
0&3

Figure 25

3XPS

'&0

)

2SWLFDO$PSOLILHU'&0RSWLRQDOFDUGV

RSWLRQDO

ORFDO
GURS

RSWLRQDO

ORFDO
DGG

3UHDPSOLILHU

3XPS
RSWLRQDO

5DPDQ
SXPS

ORFDO
GURS
'&0

%RRVWHU

RSWLRQDO

ONN-R structure example

Any OTN using ONN-R NEs provides a dynamic wavelength provisioning across the
DWDM network, therefore, allowing a modification of the customer traffic demands
without manual equipment installation at intermediate locations by local field service
personnel (Opex reduction).
Additionally, the ONN-R provides a simplified optical cabling when compared to a conventional ONN, due to the greatly reduced number of optical patch-cords for express
traffic, therefore avoiding any erroneous fiber disconnections in case of manual installation changes.

4.2.4

Optical Network Node - Small


The ONN-S is a DWDM NE with nodal degree 2 in a Small OADM architecture. It is used
for amplification and link start-up of add/drop channels within an optical path (see Figure
26).

A42022-L5972-B051-02-7618
Issue: 2 Issue date: December 2007

57

Network Elements

Technical Description (TED)

RSWLRQDO
3XPS

RSWLRQDO
'&0

2SWLFDO08;'08;FDUGV
XSWR[FKDQQHOVDGGGURS
WRIURPGLUHFWLRQ

VXEEDQG\

VXEEDQG[

XSWR[FKDQQHOVDGGGURS
WRIURPGLUHFWLRQ

VXEEDQG\

RSWLRQDO
'&0

VXEEDQG[

%RRVWHU

%RRVWHU
ORFDO
DGGGURS

ORFDO
DGGGURS

3UHDPSOLILHU

3UHDPSOLILHU

5DPDQ
SXPS

2SWLFDO
$WWHQXDWRU
FDUGV

5DPDQ
SXPS

RSWLRQDO
3XPS

RSWLRQDO
3XPS

Figure 26

*

*

*

*

RSWLRQDO

2SWLFDO$PSOLILHU'&0RSWLRQDOFDUGV

7UDQVSRQGHU
FDUGV

RSWLRQDO
'&0

3XPS

'&0

RSWLRQDO

2SWLFDO$PSOLILHU'&0RSWLRQDOFDUGV

ONN-S structure example

The ONN-S has a maximum add/drop capacity of 8 channels. Channels that are
dropped at an ONN-S are terminated at the client equipment.

4.3

Standalone Optical Node


The SON is a DWDM NE that can be used in passive DWDM (e.g., point-to-point and
remote transponder solutions) and long single span applications.
Any SON NE supports flexible filter structures which includes a cascade of F04MDU-1
filters cards (allowing incremental upgrades in steps of 4-channels) optionally terminated by an F04MDN-1 filter card. Alternatively the F08SB-1 filter card as red/blue
splitter can be used to provide a lower insertion loss with higher number of channels
(see Figure 27).

58

A42022-L5972-B051-02-7618
Issue: 2 Issue date: December 2007

Technical Description (TED)

Network Elements

)0'1

)6%

)0'8
&&
&&

M N

O
L

)0'1

M N

M N

)0'8

M N

)0'1
&

M N

&

)0'1
&

Figure 27

&&
&&

O
L

':'0OLQH

M N

&

SON flexible filter structure for passive DWDM (EOL=40)

The filter structure for a passive SON terminal can be realized by flexible filter structure
(depending on the required number of channels), or by the F40-1 filter cards providing
access to all 40 channels.
Two F40-1 filter cards can be used leading to a very compact solution with low insertion
loss (see Figure 28).

A42022-L5972-B051-02-7618
Issue: 2 Issue date: December 2007

59

Network Elements

Technical Description (TED)

0XOWLSOH[HU&DUG

)




7+]

 

':'0OLQH

'HPXOWLSOH[HU&DUG

)




7+]

 

Figure 28

Passive SON terminal filter structure with F40-1 filter cards (EOL=40)

g Applications with SON must be planned and commissioned by a simple planning


tool for passive DWDM or long single span applications.

4.3.1

Passive DWDM applications


In passive DWDM applications the SON supports the following cards:
All the defined types of controller cards.
F04MDN-1, F04MDU-1, F08SB-1 and F40-1 filter cards.
O08VA-1 variable optical attenuator card.
Dispersion Compensation Module (DCM) cards using FBG.
All the defined types of transponder cards.
O03CP-1 optical channel protection card.
The SON can be used for a passive multiplexing/demultiplexing combined with a transponder application, i.e., no amplification or attenuation is performed (see Figure 29).

621
SDVVLYHWHUPLQDO 

621
SDVVLYH2$'0

*

*

*

*

2SWLFDO
08;'08;
FDUGV

7UDQVSRQG HU
FDUGV

Figure 29

*

*

2SWLFDO
08;'08;
FDUGV

*

*

7UDQVSRQG HU
FDUGV

2SWLFDO
08;'08;
FDUGV

60

621
SDVVLYHWHUPLQDO 

*
2SWLFDO
08;'08;
FDUGV

7UDQVSRQG HU
FDUGV

SON structure example

A42022-L5972-B051-02-7618
Issue: 2 Issue date: December 2007

Technical Description (TED)

Network Elements

For simple point-to-point applications, a passive SON terminal allows the following distances over a G.652 fiber with the SURPASS hiT 7300 transponder cards:
Up to 60 km for 40 optical 2.5 Gbit/s channels (70 km with an F40-1 filter card).
Up to 100 km for 28 optical 2.5 Gbit/s channels.
Up to 18 km for 12 optical 10 Gbit/s channels.
Up to 25 km for 8 optical 10 Gbit/s channels.
The exact reach depends on the number of multiplexed channels due to optical filters
insertion loss. The reach has to be calculated according to the network application.

4.3.2

Long single span applications


The long single span transmission is achieved by interworking of SON and RMH07
series equipment from MPB Communications for fiber spans using SSMF or PSCF.
Only point-to-point architectures without optical regenerator sites are supported.
In a long single span architecture the following equipment is supported by the SON:
All the defined types of controller cards.
F04MDN-1, F04MDU-1, F08SB-1 and F40-1 filter cards.
O08VA-1 variable optical attenuator card.
DCM cards using FBG and D0170DCF card.
I01T10G-1 LHS/LHDS and I08T10G-1 LHS/LHDS transponder cards.
O03CP-1 optical channel protection card.
Amplifiers and Raman fiber lasers from MPBC RMH07 series complete the long single
span architecture (see Figure 30).

*

03%&50+
03%&
50+ERRVWHU

*

'&0
*

03%&
50+5DPDQ

03%&50+
SUHDPSOLILHU

6853$66KL7)%*V

03%&50+
SUHDPSOLILHU
6853$66
KL7ILOWHU
FDUGV

6853$66
KL7
DWWHQXDWRUFDUGV

6853$66
KL7
WUDQVSRQGHU
FDUGV

621

Figure 30

Long single span architecture using SON and RMH07 series equipment

In dedicated configurations, the RHM07 series pre-amplifiers can be replaced by the


MPB Communications 1RU pre-amplifiers to save rack space.

g Long single span solutions using a 30 dBm MPBC RMH07 booster only support a
maximum of 32 channels (i.e., C03 to C10 bands, see Table 5).
For detailed information about the RMH07 series, please refer to the MPBC RMH07
series customer documentation.

A42022-L5972-B051-02-7618
Issue: 2 Issue date: December 2007

61

Supported cards and equipment

Technical Description (TED)

5 Supported cards and equipment


This chapter lists and describes the cards and equipments supported by the SURPASS
hiT 7300 and their application in the NEs.
All cards have a specific name which is directly related to its function, type or usage.
Table 18 explains the card name scheme used for each card type.
Card type

Card name scheme

Description

Controller

CCXP-1

Line amplifier

LAXYC-1

Raman pump

PRC-1

External pump

PL-1

X = controller type
X = span size
Y = amplifier type

XX = number of monitored channels


Channel power
monitor

MCPXXY-Z

Y = number of input ports


Z = card version

Booster-less line
interface

LIFB-1

XX = number of channels

FXXYYY-1 ZZ

YYY = filter type


ZZ = operation sub-band
XX = number of channels

FXXYYY-1 Z

Filter

YYY = filter type


Z = operation band

FXXYY-1
FXX-1
CWDM
patch-cord filter

FCXXU-1/Z

XX = number of channels
YY = filter type
XX = number of channels
XX = number of channels
Z = filtered CWDM channel
XX = number of channels

CWDM
filter pack

FCXXYYY-1/Z

YYY = filter type


Z = filtered CWDM channel(s)

Attenuator
Dispersion
compensation
Table 18

62

OXXVA-1
DXXXXYYY

XX = number of channels
XXXX = dispersion value to compensate
YYY = fiber to compensate/technique

Card name scheme explanation

A42022-L5972-B051-02-7618
Issue: 2 Issue date: December 2007

Technical Description (TED)

Supported cards and equipment

Card type

Card name scheme

Description
XX = maximum number of client interfaces

IXXTYGY-1

YY = transmission bit rate on line side

Transponder

XX = maximum number of client interfaces


IXXTYYG-1 ZZ

YY = transmission bit rate on line side


ZZ = network type

Optical channel
protection
Table 18

5.1

OXXCP-1

XX = number of protection ports

Card name scheme explanation (Cont.)

Controller cards
Table 19 lists all the SURPASS hiT 7300 controller cards.

Card name

Usage

TIF
module

EOW
interface

Replaceable compact
flash module

CCEP-1

NE controller

Yes

Yes

Yes

CCMP-1

NE controller

No

Yes

Yes

CCSP-1

Shelf controller

No

Yes

No

Table 19

Controller cards overview

For detailed technical data about the controller cards, please refer to chapter 9.3.1.
The NE controller cards (CCEP-1 and CCMP-1) provide the central monitoring and controlling functions of the system, as well as the MCF to operate the Q and QF Ethernet
interfaces (see chapter 6.3.4).
The controller card performs the following main functions:
Fault Management: monitoring all system alarms and forwarding their states to the
LCT and/or network management system.
Performance Management: sending all optical performance management information to the network management system and/or a craft terminal and configure performance thresholds for QoS alarms.
Configuration Management: configuring the system to either default settings or to
stored settings initiated by the network management system and/or a craft terminal.
Security Management: controlling the individual access to particular NE functions
via the network management system and/or a craft terminal, using a hierarchical
security management user ID and password concept.
Equipment Management: monitoring the actual and required shelf equipping.
Communication Management: implementing the MCF for the communication
between all NEs and the network management system.
Software Management: performing all software downloads, uploads, and software
integrity functions.
Real Time Management: controlling the real-time clock.
Providing alarm outputs from shelves and racks and important functionalities of the
optical link control.

A42022-L5972-B051-02-7618
Issue: 2 Issue date: December 2007

63

Supported cards and equipment

Technical Description (TED)

Controlling the NE alarm LEDs (e.g., critical/major/minor, for communication and


equipment alarms).

g The CCEP-1 and CCMP-1 cards have a replaceable compact flash module located
at the back side of the card. This compact flash module stores all the NE specific
configurations. For ONN-I NEs that require more than 45 cards it is advisable to use
a 512 MBytes compact flash.
The CCSP-1 card is mainly responsible for the common tasks of each shelf such as
housekeeping (e.g., fan, power and card presence supervision).

5.2

Line Amplifier cards


Table 20 lists all the SURPASS hiT 7300 line amplifier cards.

Usage

Variation

Interstage
access

External
pump

LALBC-1

Long spans

Booster amplifier

Yes

Yes

Transmitter

LALBCH-1

Very long
spans

Booster amplifier

Yes

Yes

Transmitter

LALIC-1

Long spans

Inline amplifier

Yes

Yes

Receiver and
transmitter

LALPC-1

Long spans

Pre-amplifier

Yes

Yes

Receiver

LAMIC-1

Medium
spans

Inline amplifier

Yes

No

Receiver and
transmitter

LAMPC-1

Medium
spans

Pre-amplifier

Yes

No

Receiver

LASBC-1

Short spans Booster amplifier

No

No

Transmitter

Card name

Table 20

OSC
capability

Line amplifier cards overview

For detailed technical data about the line amplifier cards, please refer to chapter 9.3.2.
The line amplifier cards provide the signal amplification by featuring a gain block with
one or two pump lasers, interstage access for dispersion compensation, a stage access
for external pumps and a gain control (see Figure 31).
,QWHUVWDJH
DFFHVVSRUWIRU
RSWLRQDO'&)
RU)%*

,1387

9DULDEOHRSWLFDO
DWHQXDWRU

26&
ILOWHU
(')$
VWDJH

26&
ILOWHU
(')$
VWDJH

*))

,QW0RQ

Figure 31

64

6WDJH
ZLWKRSWLRQDO
SXPSFDUG

287387

(')$
VWDJH

$YDLODEOHRUQRWGHSHQGLQJ
RIWKH/$FDUGYHUVLRQ

([WHUQDO
PRQLWRU

Line amplifier cards basic structure

A42022-L5972-B051-02-7618
Issue: 2 Issue date: December 2007

Technical Description (TED)

Supported cards and equipment

The line amplifier cards are divided in three types of amplification (inline, booster and
pre-amplifier) as described in Table 20.
Inline amplifier cards contain an optical amplifier for C-band and are used at inline sites
for optical amplification of the signal. The input power of the cards can be increased by
Raman pump cards (see chapter 5.3).
Booster amplifier cards contain an optical amplifier for C-band and are used at terminal
and intermediate sites for amplifying the outgoing line signal. There is only one booster
for each transmission direction of an OMS.
Pre-amplifier cards contain an optical amplifier for C-band and are used at terminal and
intermediate sites for amplifying the incoming line signal before it is fed into the demultiplexing stage. There is only one pre-amplifier for each transmission direction of an
OMS. The output power of the line amplifier cards can be increased by external pump
cards.

5.3

Raman Pump card


Table 21 lists the SURPASS hiT 7300 Raman pump card.

Card name
PRC-1
Table 21

Usage
Long spans

Number of
pumps

Number of
wavelengths

Operation
band

Raman pump card overview

For detailed technical data about the Raman pump card, please refer to chapter 9.3.3.
The Raman pump cards must be inserted at the receiving line interface. A Raman pump
can be inserted at the input of an LALIC-1 or LALPC-1 card. By using Raman pump
cards, the same amplifier spacing can be achieved with lower EDFA output power per
channel, allowing a higher total number of channels.
For certain links where the non-linear effects limit an increase in the number of spans,
a channel power reduction decreases the non-linear effects, and therefore allows a
higher number of spans. Raman amplifiers are preferably applied to bridge single extra
long spans.
Figure 32 displays the basic internal architecture of the Raman pump card.

A42022-L5972-B051-02-7618
Issue: 2 Issue date: December 2007

65

Supported cards and equipment

Technical Description (TED)

5DPDQ
SXPS
/LQH 
PRQLWRU
PRQLWRU

/LQH
,1387

:'0
FK 

&RQWUROOH U

/RJL FXQLW

,QW
%7

26&
PRQLWRU

,QW
$36'
/LQH
287387

Figure 32

PRC-1 basic structure

The pump signals from the laser diodes are first multiplexed from two different wavelengths. The multiplexed pump light is counter-directionally coupled into the fiber
carrying the received traffic signal.
Raman amplification
The basis of Raman amplification is the energy scattering effect called Stimulated
Raman Scattering (SRS). The SRS is a non-linear effect inherent to the fiber itself. SRS
involves a transfer of power from a signal at a higher frequency (lower wavelength) to
one at a lower frequency (higher wavelength), due to inelastic collisions in the fiber
medium. It can be used for optical amplification, in which the higher frequency light
serves as a pump source, amplifying the lower frequency wave carrying the actual traffic
signal to be amplified.
Counter-directional Raman pumping, i.e., Raman pumping light traveling in the opposite
direction to the traffic signal, is used. The Raman amplification process occurs at the end
of an optical span. When the signal is at its weakest, it is given renewed energy via the
pump light being inserted at the end of the hop in the reverse direction. Hence, Raman
amplification, is effective up to 30-40 km of a span.

5.4

External pump cards


Table 22 lists the SURPASS hiT 7300 external pump cards.
Card name
PL-1
Table 22

Number of pumps

Usage

Increase the output power of the LALx cards

External pump cards overview

To adapt to the variable optical conditions in backbone networks, such as different span
lengths, fiber types and fiber properties, SURPASS hiT 7300 supports the integration of
external amplifier pumps (PL-1).
The PL-1 card can be used in combination with the LALx amplifier cards (pre-amplifier,
booster and inline variants), in order to achieve a higher output power.
The PL-1 is an active card (i.e., it is equipped with an on-board processor) which
contains an on-board memory to store the card inventory data.

66

A42022-L5972-B051-02-7618
Issue: 2 Issue date: December 2007

Technical Description (TED)

5.5

Supported cards and equipment

Channel power monitor card


Table 23 lists the SURPASS hiT 7300 channel power monitor card.

Card name

Number of
monitoring ports

Supported
bit rates

Usage

MCP404-1

2.5 Gbit/s
10 Gbit/s
40 Gbit/s

40 channels monitoring (per port)

MCP404-2

2.5 Gbit/s
10 Gbit/s

40 channels monitoring (per port)

Table 23

Channel power monitor card overview

7DS
7DS

The channel power monitor cards MCP404-1 and MCP404-2 provide an in-service monitoring of the optical channel power levels. The card contains an Optical Spectrum
Analyzer (OSA) for 40 channels, which is periodically connected to 4 optical input ports
(see Figure 33).

0RQ3
0RQ3

26$

0RQ3

7DS
7DS

0RQ3

Figure 33

MCP404-1 and MCP404-2 functional diagram

The MCP404-x card is used for:


In-service measurement of optical channel power levels of 40 channels on a
100 GHz grid at the source monitoring output port for all optical amplifier card types
as well as for the OSC termination card (LIFB-1).
Measurement used for an automated enhanced pre-emphasis configuration on an
optical pre-emphasis section (i.e., an OMS with full channel multiplexing/demultiplexing). Using MCP404-x card at the beginning and end of an OMS in combination
with an attenuator card, provides a fully automated optical link commissioning and
an in-service channel upgrade.
Measurement of an automatic in-service amplifier tilt control. Using MCP404-x card
at the beginning and end of an OMS, allows tilt correction values to be distributed
over the whole OMS.

5.6

Booster-less line interface card


Table 24 lists the SURPASS hiT 7300 booster-less line interface card (LIFB-1).

A42022-L5972-B051-02-7618
Issue: 2 Issue date: December 2007

67

Supported cards and equipment

Technical Description (TED)

Card name
LIFB-1
Table 24

Architecture
1 x OSC insertion filter
1 x OSC transmitter

Usage
OSC termination for booster-less
ONN applications

OSC termination card overview

The LIFB-1 card was designed to be used in regional DWDM networks with shorter
spans by providing the following functions:
OSC termination (transmission direction).
Low cost line termination booster card without EDFA (i.e., no amplification is performed).
Optical output monitors for optical channel power monitoring either via an external
OSA or via the MCP404-x monitoring card.
Internal power monitor of the total received input power.
Optical link control behavior equivalent to the LASBC-1 card.

5.7

Filter cards
Table 25 lists all the SURPASS hiT 7300 filter cards.

Card name Channels

Usage

Architecture

Communication
type

F04MDN-1

Optical multiplexer
and demultiplexer

TFF based

bidirectional

F04MDU-1

Optical multiplexer
and demultiplexer

TFF muxes and


4skip0 filters

bidirectional

F08SB-1

2x4

Optical sub-band
multiplexer

4skip0 and redblue splitter

bidirectional

F16SB-1

4x4

Optical sub-band
multiplexer

4skip0

bidirectional

F40-1

40

Optical multiplexer
or demultiplexer

AWG

unidirectional

F40MR-1

40

Optical add
Reconfigurable
OADM/multiplexer

PLC-WSS

bidirectional

Table 25

Filter cards overview

For detailed technical data about the filter cards, please refer to chapter 9.3.7.
The filter cards act as multiplexers/demultiplexers by providing the primary wave
division or aggregation of all the transponder signals and allowing access (add/drop) to
a particular set of wavelengths from an optical fiber while passing the remaining wavelengths.
Line side wavelengths require translation to client side equipment via the transponder
card (see chapter 5.12).

68

A42022-L5972-B051-02-7618
Issue: 2 Issue date: December 2007

Technical Description (TED)

5.7.1

Supported cards and equipment

F04MDN-1
The F04MDN-1 card consists of one fixed filter with four bidirectional channels. The
F04MDN-1 is offered in ten different variants (sub-bands C1-C10) to cover the entire 40
channel wavelength plan (see Figure 34).

)0'1
&[

Figure 34

5.7.2

F04MDN-1 card structure

F04MDU-1
The F04MDU-1 card consists of one band filter and one corresponding fixed filter with
four bidirectional channels. It is offered in ten different variants (sub-bands C1-C10) to
cover the entire 40 channel wavelength plan (see Figure 35).

)0'8

&[

Figure 35

5.7.3

M N

F04MDU-1 card structure

F08SB-1
The F08SB-1 card consists of a red/blue filter and two bidirectional band filters. It offers
two band filters for sub-band C5 and C6 and a red/blue filter that separates sub-bands
C1-C4 from sub-bands C7-C10. There is only one variant of this card (see Figure 36).

)6%
&&&&

&&&&

&
&

Figure 36

A42022-L5972-B051-02-7618
Issue: 2 Issue date: December 2007

F08SB-1 card structure

69

Supported cards and equipment

5.7.4

Technical Description (TED)

F16SB-1
Each F16SB-1 card consists of four bidirectional cascaded band filters. It is offered in
two variants for sub-bands C1-C4 (blue band) and sub-bands C7-C10 (red band),
respectively (see Figure 37).

)6% EOXH

Figure 37

5.7.5

)6% UHG

&

&

&

&

&

&

&

&

F16SB-1 card structure

F40-1
The F40-1 card consists of a 40 channels fixed filter based on temperature-controlled
Arrayed Waveguide Grating (AWG) technology.
The F40-1 card is unidirectional and performs either an optical multiplexing or demultiplexing (see Figure 38).
0XOWLSOH[LQJ

)

)

7+]

 

Figure 38

'HPXOWLSOH[LQJ





7+]

 





F40-1 card structure

When used as a demultiplexer, an optical input power monitor is provided for detection
of loss-of-signal and laser safety control.

5.7.6

F40MR-1
SURPASS hiT 7300 supports wavelength selective switching for building a ROADM
(ONN-R) providing full access to 40 optical channels. The key component for this application is the F40MR-1 card which includes an integrated Planar Lightwave CircuitWavelength Selective Switch (PLC-WSS) with low insertion loss, providing a remotely
(via software) reconfigurable optical switching function per individual wavelength (see
Figure 39).

70

A42022-L5972-B051-02-7618
Issue: 2 Issue date: December 2007

Technical Description (TED)

Supported cards and equipment

7['URS

5[/LQH

3/&:66
ERRVWHU
 RUERRVWHUOHVV
OLQH,)








92$

08;

92$

'08;

WRIURP)05RI

 

FRXQWHUGLUHFWLRQ
5[([SUHVV

SUHDPSO

VSOLWWHU

7[([SUHVV

7[/LQH

92$


7+]




7+]

5[$GG&KDQQHOV

Figure 39

F40MR-1 card structure

The input DWDM signal from the line interface (optical pre-amplifier) is splitted into
express traffic and local drop traffic. The express direction provides an optical input
power monitor for detection of loss-of-signal and laser safety control.
The output DWDM signal toward the line interface (booster or booster-less interface) of
the PLC-WSS, is a DWDM signal which results from a 40 channels multiplexing. These
40 multiplexed channels are individually selectable (via software) between the 40
incoming express channels and the 40 local add channels.
For each optical channel to be transmitted a Variable Optical Attenuator (VOA) function
and an optical power monitor diode are available.

5.8

CWDM equipment
The CWDM equipment is available in patch-cord and filter pack solutions. The following
sub-chapters provide information regarding both solutions.

5.8.1

Patch-cord solution
The patch-cord solution is provided by the add/drop patch-cord FC01U-1/n. The FC01U1/n patch-cord is an optical Y-cable with 3 LC/PC connectors which allows the add/drop
of a single CWDM channel.
The 3 LC/PC connectors have distinct purposes. The Add/Drop port connector contains
an unidirectional CWDM add or drop port for direct interconnection with a CWDM SFP
(Tx or Rx port) of a transponder client interface. Incoming CWDM traffic is received from
the unidirectional Common port connector and outgoing traffic is transmitted by the unidirectional Express port connector.
Figure 40 displays an arrangement using two unidirectional add/drop patch-cords for
adding and dropping a bidirectional CWDM channel.

A42022-L5972-B051-02-7618
Issue: 2 Issue date: December 2007

71

Supported cards and equipment

Technical Description (TED)

DGGSRUW

/&3&FRQQHFWRUZLWK
&:'0DGGRUGURSSRUW

&:'0
VSHFWUXP

/&3&FRQQHFWRUZLWK
&:'0DGGRUGURSSRUW

$GGGURS
SDWFKFRUG
)&8Q
Q 

GURSSRUW

WRIURP&:'06)3
WUDQVSRQGHUFOLHQW,)

H[SUHVVSRUW

FRPPRQSRUW
/&3&FRQQHFWRU

/&3&FRQQHFWRU

/&3&FRQQHFWRU

/&3&FRQQHFWRU

H[SUHVVSRUW

Figure 40

5.8.2

&:'0
VSHFWUXP

FRPPRQSRUW

CWDM add/drop patch-cord

Filter pack solution


For a higher number of CWDM channels a passive filter pack solution is available which
consists of a small (1HU) filter pack shelf (SPF-1) to plug up to 4 CWDM filter modules.
Figure 41 displays the CWDM filter pack shelf, which can be mounted within SURPASS
hiT 7300 ETSI, standard ETSI, ANSI, and 19 racks, depending on the application and
mechanical environment.

Figure 41

CWDM filter pack shelf

Table 26 lists the passive CWDM filter modules available for the filter pack shelves.

Name

Communication
type

Channels

Module
height

Upgrade
port

FC01MDUP-1/n

bidirectional

1 CWDM channel

1/2 HU

Yes

Table 26

72

CWDM filter modules overview

A42022-L5972-B051-02-7618
Issue: 2 Issue date: December 2007

Technical Description (TED)

Supported cards and equipment

Name

Communication
type

Channels

Module
height

Upgrade
port

FC04MDUP-1/E

bidirectional

4 Edge CWDM
channels

1 HU

Yes

FC04MDP-1/C

bidirectional

4 Center CWDM
channels

1 HU

No

Table 26

CWDM filter modules overview (Cont.)

Figure 42 displays the functional diagrams of the FC01MDUP-1/n, FC04MDUP-1/E and


FC04MDP-1/C filter modules.
FRPPRQSRUW

&:'0 VLQJOHFKDQQHOSRUW
ILOWHU
XSJUDGH
SRUW

&,Q

FRPPRQSRUW

&:'0 VLQJOHFKDQQHOSRUW
ILOWHU
XSJUDGH
SRUW

&2XW

)2XW
'[2XW
),Q
0[,Q

)&0'83Q Q 

&K
&K
&,Q

FRPPRQSRUW

&:'0 SHUFKDQQHO
SRUWV
&K
ILOWHU
&K

XSJUDGH
SRUW

&2XW

&K
&:'0 SHUFKDQQHO
&K
SRUWV
ILOWHU
&K

XSJUDGH
SRUW

5.9

&K

%2XW

&K

$2XW

FRPPRQSRUW

&,Q

&:'0 SHUFKDQQHO
SRUWV
&K
ILOWHU
&K

'2XW
&2XW
%2XW
$2XW

',Q
&K
&,Q
&K
%,Q

FRPPRQSRUW

&2XW

&:'0 SHUFKDQQHO
&K
SRUWV
ILOWHU

$,Q
&K
0[,Q

)&0'83(

Figure 42

&2XW

'[2XW
&K

FRPPRQSRUW

'2XW

',Q
&,Q
%,Q
$,Q

)&0'3&

FC01MDUP-1/n, FC04MDUP-1/E and FC04MDP-1/C functional diagrams

Variable Optical Attenuator cards


Table 27 lists the SURPASS hiT 7300 VOA card.
Card name
O08VA-1
Table 27

Channels

Architecture

Communication type

8 x VOA

unidirectional

VOA card overview

For detailed technical data about the VOA card, please refer to chapter 9.3.9.

A42022-L5972-B051-02-7618
Issue: 2 Issue date: December 2007

73

Supported cards and equipment

Technical Description (TED)

The VOA card is a variable attenuator that can supply up to 8 EVOA channels. The VOA
card has application in pre-emphasis and de-emphasis and is used per channel or per
sub-band.

5.10

Dispersion Compensation Module cards


Table 28 lists all the SURPASS hiT 7300 DCM cards.
Card name

Compensation (ps/nm)

Technique

Optimized for

D0340SMF

-336

FBG

SSMF

D0680SMF

-672

FBG

SSMF

D1020SMF

-1008

FBG

SSMF

D1360SMF

-1344

FBG

SSMF

D1700SMF

-1680

FBG

SSMF

D0340LEF

-336

FBG

LEAF (NZ-DSF)

D0510LEF

-504

FBG

LEAF (NZ-DSF)

D0680LEF

-672

FBG

LEAF (NZ-DSF)

D0170DCF

-168

DCF

SSMF

D0340DCF

-340

DCF

SSMF

D0510DCF

-510

DCF

SSMF

D0680DCF

-680

DCF

SSMF

D1020DCF

-1020

DCF

SSMF

D1360DCF

-1360

DCF

SSMF

Table 28

DCM cards overview

For detailed technical data about the DCM cards, please refer to chapter 9.3.10.
The DCM cards are primarily used to counteract the chromatic dispersion of the signal
traveling through the optical fiber. This chromatic dispersion has the effect of spreading
the signal pulse width leading to inter-symbol interference, no longer allowing an
accurate recognition of a single one bit or a single zero bit.
The DCM cards contain spools of DCF or FBG, that have the opposite dispersion characteristics compared to the fiber used for signal transmission, SSMF or LEAF, therefore
compressing the signal for better optical performance.
The strategy for selecting DCM cards is highly system-dependent and is influenced by
the optical performance limiting effects, such as Self Phase Modulation (SPM), Cross
Phase Modulation (XPM), Raman crosstalk, etc.
DCM cards are normally located in the interstage access of each optical amplifier, compensating insertion loss of the DCM by the amplifier design.

74

A42022-L5972-B051-02-7618
Issue: 2 Issue date: December 2007

Technical Description (TED)

5.11

Supported cards and equipment

Unidirectional Dispersion Compensation Modules


Unlike all the other cards, Unidirectional Dispersion Compensation Module (UDCM)
cards are not supplied as shelf plug-in cards. They are mounted in a specific plug-in box
inside a UDCM tray (see Figure 43).
8'&0WUD\
'RXEOHKHLJKW8'&0

6LQJOHKHLJKW8'&0
%ODQN GXPP\ 8'&07REHLQVWDOOHG
LQWKRVHSRVLWLRQVWKDWGRQRWKDYHDQ
DFWXDO8'&0LQVWDOOHG

Figure 43

UDCM plug-in box and tray

Table 29 lists all the SURPASS hiT 7300 UDCM cards.


Card name

Compensation (ps/nm)

Technique

Optimized for

UDCMC5LL

-85

DCF

SSMF

UDCMC10LL

-170

DCF

SSMF

UDCMC15LL

-255

DCF

SSMF

UDCMC20LL

-340

DCF

SSMF

UDCMC25LL

-425

DCF

SSMF

UDCMC30LL

-510

DCF

SSMF

UDCMC60LL

-1020

DCF

SSMF

UDCMC80LL

-1360

DCF

SSMF

UDCMC100LL

-1700

DCF

SSMF

UDCMC120LL

-2040

DCF

SSMF

UDCM340H

+340

DCF

LEAF

UDCM510H

+510

DCF

LEAF

UDCMC48P

+48

DCF

NZDSF

UDCMC80P

+80

DCF

NZDSF

UDCMC128P

+128

DCF

NZDSF

UDCMC177P

+177

DCF

NZDSF

UDCMC240P

+240

DCF

NZDSF

UDCMC384P

+384

DCF

NZDSF

UDCMC480P

+480

DCF

NZDSF

Table 29

A42022-L5972-B051-02-7618
Issue: 2 Issue date: December 2007

UDCM cards overview

75

Supported cards and equipment

Technical Description (TED)

Card name

Compensation (ps/nm)

Technique

Optimized for

+576

DCF

NZDSF

UDCMC576P
Table 29

UDCM cards overview (Cont.)

For detailed technical data about the UDCM cards, please refer to chapter 9.3.11.
Depending on link length and fiber type, different UDCMs are used to enhance the
optical signal quality of 40 Gbit/s channels.
The UDCMs are based on the dispersion compensation fiber technique. Since the compensating effect is achieved by the wavelength dependent signal delay in the optical
fiber, a big amount of fiber is required. Therefore UDCMs are provided as plug-in boxes
that contain the fiber length required on a spool.

5.12

Transponder cards
Table 30 lists all the SURPASS hiT 7300 transponder cards.

Card name

Transport
network

Error correction
(line side only)

Usage

Hot-pluggable
modules

SFP
Transponder/Muxponder
DWDM-SFP
and Regenerator
CWDM-SFP

I04T2G5-1

Regio

FEC

I01T10G-1 Regio

Regio

S-FEC

Transponder and
Regenerator

XFP

LH

S-FEC

Transponder and
Regenerator

XFP

Submarine LH

S-FEC

Transponder and
Regenerator

XFP

I01T10G-1 LHD
(higher dispersion tolerance)

LH

S-FEC

Transponder and
Regenerator

XFP

I01T10G-1 LHDS
(higher dispersion tolerance)

Submarine LH

S-FEC

Transponder and
Regenerator

XFP

I01T10G-1 LH
I01T10G-1 LHS

SFP
I08T10G-1 Regio

Regio

S-FEC

Transponder/Muxponder DWDM-SFP
CWDM-SFP
SFP

I08T10G-1 LH

LH

S-FEC

Transponder/Muxponder DWDM-SFP
CWDM-SFP
SFP

I08T10G-1 LHS

Submarine LH

S-FEC

Transponder/Muxponder DWDM-SFP
CWDM-SFP

Table 30

76

Transponder cards overview

A42022-L5972-B051-02-7618
Issue: 2 Issue date: December 2007

Technical Description (TED)

Supported cards and equipment

Transport
network

Card name
I08T10G-1 LHD
(higher dispersion tolerance)

Error correction
(line side only)

Usage

Hot-pluggable
modules
SFP

LH

S-FEC

Transponder/Muxponder DWDM-SFP
CWDM-SFP

I08T10G-1 LHDS
(higher dispersion tolerance)

SFP
Submarine LH

S-FEC

Transponder/Muxponder DWDM-SFP
CWDM-SFP

Table 30

Transponder cards overview (Cont.)


For detailed technical data about the transponder cards, please refer to chapter 9.3.12.

g For the I01T10G-1 Regio/LH(S)/LHD(S) cards the regenerator mode is available via
client back-to-back interconnection of transponder cards.

5.12.1

I04T2G5-1
The I04T2G5-1 card is used at each end of DWDM metro, regional and LH links, as a
bidirectional interface between a client interface and a line interface.
The regenerator mode of the I04T2G5-1 card provides the 3R regenerator function
between both OTU1 line ports.
For line interface the I04T2G5-1 card can use a DWDM-SFP or a CWDM-SFP (for SON
applications only) which provides a fixed wavelength laser, delivering an optical signal
suitable for direct connection to a DWDM or CWDM system.
In cascade scenarios where a I04T2G5-1 and I08T10G-1 cards are interconnected, the
line side can be equipped with uncolored SFPs.
The optical 2.5 Gbit/s client interfaces of the I04T2G5-1 card are equipped with 4 hotpluggable SFP modules that are mounted on the front panel of the card. The SFP
module performs the optical/electrical conversion in both signal directions (see Figure
44).

Figure 44

SFP module (example)

Table 31 lists the electrical and optical GbE SFP client interfaces available for the
I04T2G5-1 card.

A42022-L5972-B051-02-7618
Issue: 2 Issue date: December 2007

77

Supported cards and equipment

Technical Description (TED)

Target transmission distance

Interface type/data rate

0.1 km

0.5 km

10 km

40 km

80 km

120 km

Electrical
1000BASE/1.25 Gbit/s

Optical
1000BASE/1.25 Gbit/s

SX

LX

ZX

CWDM/1.25 Gbit/s

C8S1-0D2

C8L1-0D2

DWDM/1.25 Gbit/s

DWDM-SFP

Enhanced
DWDM-SFP

Table 31

I04T2G5-1 card GbE SFP client interfaces


Table 32 lists the STM-16 and OC-48 SFP client interfaces available for the I04T2G5-1
card.
Target transmission distance

Interface type/data rate

2 km

15 km

40 km

80 km

120 km

STM-16/2.49 Gbit/s

I-16

S-16.1

L-16.1

L-16.2

OC-48/2.49 Gbit/s

SR

IR-1

LR-1

LR-2

CWDM/2.49 Gbit/s

C8S1-1D2

C8L1-1D2

DWDM/2.49 Gbit/s

DWDM-SFP

Enhanced
DWDM-SFP

Table 32

I04T2G5-1 card STM-16 and OC-48 SFP client interfaces


Table 33 lists the OTU1 SFP client interfaces available for the I04T2G5-1 card.
Target transmission distance

Interface type/data rate

2 km

15 km

40 km

80 km

120 km

OTU1/2.67 Gbit/s

P1I1-1D1

P1S1-1D1

P1L1-1D1

P1L1-1D2

CWDM/2.67 Gbit/s

C8S1-1D2

C8L1-1D2

DWDM/2.67 Gbit/s

DWDM-SFP

Enhanced
DWDM-SFP

Table 33

I04T2G5-1 card OTU1 SFP client interfaces


Table 34 lists the FC and FICON SFP client interfaces available for the I04T2G5-1 card.
Target transmission distance

Interface
type/data rate

0.3 km

0.5 km

10 km

40 km

50 km

80 km

120 km

FC/FICON/1.06 Gbit/s

100-M5SN-I

100-SMLC-L

100-SMLL-V

Table 34

78

I04T2G5-1 card FC and FICON SFP client interfaces

A42022-L5972-B051-02-7618
Issue: 2 Issue date: December 2007

Technical Description (TED)

Interface
type/data rate

Supported cards and equipment

Target transmission distance


0.3 km

0.5 km

10 km

40 km

50 km

80 km

120 km

200-M5SN-I

200-SMLC-L

200-SMLL-V

DWDM/1.06 Gbit/s

DWDM-SFP

Enhanced
DWDM-SFP

DWDM/2.13 Gbit/s

DWDM-SFP

Enhanced
DWDM-SFP

CWDM/1.06 Gbit/s

C8S1-0D2

C8L1-0D2

CWDM/2.13 Gbit/s

C8S1-1D2

C8L1-1D2

FC/FICON/2.13 Gbit/s

Table 34

I04T2G5-1 card FC and FICON SFP client interfaces (Cont.)


The client interfaces of the I04T2G5-1 card support the following configurations:
Maximum of four SFP modules.
Maximum of two SFP modules plus two DWDM-SFP modules.
The DWDM-SFP modules can only be used on client ports with heat sinks, i.e., ports 1
and 3. The line interfaces of the I04T2G5-1 card support a maximum of two CWDM-SFP
or DWDM-SFP modules.

g Enhanced DWDM-SFP modules can only be used in SON NEs.


SFP and DWDM-SFP modules provide the following benefits:
Can be quickly exchanged.
Costs can be reduced (e.g., only one I04T2G5-1 card with different SFP types of
modules instead of different I04T2G5-1 cards).
The I04T2G5-1 card implements standard compliant mapping schemes of all client
signals types into an OTU1 optical channel according to ITU-T G.806 and G.709.
Figure 45 displays these mapping schemes for the different client signal types.

&OLHQW,)
*()&*

/LQH,)
*)37

*ELWV

*)3
0;';
*()&*

*)37

*ELWV

*ELWV

278
*ELWV

Figure 45

A42022-L5972-B051-02-7618
Issue: 2 Issue date: December 2007

278

2&KU

*ELWV

238

278

2&KU

*ELWV

DV\Q

)&*

6702&

238
DV\Q

*)37

*ELWV

DV\Q

DV\Q

DV\Q

238

2'8

278

2&KU

*ELWV

278
ZR)(&

2'8

278

2&KU

*ELWV

DV\Q

Mapping schemes of client signals to OTU1 optical channel

79

Supported cards and equipment

5.12.2

Technical Description (TED)

I01T10G-1 Regio/LH(S)/LHD(S)
The I01T10G-1 Regio/LH(S)/LHD(S) card is used at each end of regional and LH
DWDM links, as a bidirectional interface between a client interface and a line interface.
Each I01T10G-1 Regio/LH(S)/LHD(S) card generates and terminates an optical channel
of a wavelength appropriate for DWDM transmission. The exact wavelength is controlled via a tunable transmit laser, only available in the I01T10G-1 LH(S) and I01T10G1 LHD(S) card. The S-FEC feature allows longer span distances.
The I01T10G-1 Regio card uses a Multi-Source Agreement (MSA300) module (for line
interface) which can handle 40 fixed wavelengths, and is equipped with an ElectroAbsorption Modulator (EAM), temperature-controlled, with wavelength accuracy
suitable for 100 GHz DWDM channel spacing.
The I01T10G-1 LH(S) card uses an MSA300 LH NRZ module (for line interface) integrated in the card, and are equipped with a Mach Zehnder Modulator (MZM), temperature-controlled and wavelength tunable laser, with wavelength accuracy suitable for 50
GHz and 100 GHz DWDM channel spacing.
The I01T10G-1 LHD(S) card uses a MSA300 LH NRZ module (for line interface) which
can handle a higher dispersion and a higher PMD load, by using a Maximum Likelihood
Sequence Estimator (MLSE).
The optical 10 Gbit/s client interfaces of the I01T10G-1 Regio/LH(S)/LHD(S) card are
equipped with one hot-pluggable 10 Gigabit Small Form Factor Pluggable (XFP) module
mounted on the front panel of the card. The XFP module, like the SFP, performs the optical/electrical conversion in both signal directions (see Figure 46).

Figure 46

XFP module (example)

Table 35 lists the 10GbE XFP client interfaces available for the I01T10G-1
Regio/LH(S)/LHD(S) card.

Interface type/data rate


10GbE LAN/10.31 Gbit/s
Table 35

80

Target transmission distance


0.3 km

2 km

40 km

80 km

SR

LR

ER

ZR

I01T10G-1 card 10GbE XFP client interfaces

A42022-L5972-B051-02-7618
Issue: 2 Issue date: December 2007

Technical Description (TED)

Supported cards and equipment

Interface type/data rate


10GbE WAN/9.95 Gbit/s
Table 35

Target transmission distance


0.3 km

2 km

40 km

80 km

SW

LW

EW

ZW

I01T10G-1 card 10GbE XFP client interfaces (Cont.)

Table 36 lists the STM-64 and OC-192 XFP client interfaces available for the I01T10G1 Regio/LH(S)/LHD(S) card.

Interface type/data rate

Target transmission distance


2 km

40 km

80 km

STM-64/9.95 Gbit/s

I-64.1

S-64.2b

P1L1-2D2

OC-192/9.95 Gbit/s

SR-1

IR-2b

P1L1-2D2

Table 36

I01T10G-1 STM-64 and OC-192 10 Gbit/s XFP client interfaces

Table 37 lists the OTU2 XFP client interfaces available for the I01T10G-1
Regio/LH(S)/LHD(S) card.

Interface type/data rate


OTU2/10.71 Gbit/s
Table 37

Target transmission distance


2 km

40 km

80 km

P1I1-2D1

P1S1-2D2b

P1L1-2D2

I01T10G-1 OTU2 10 Gbit/s XFP client interfaces

The XFP module provides the following benefits:


XFP modules can be quickly exchanged.
Costs can be reduced (e.g., only one I01T10G-1 card can hold different types of
XFP modules).
The I01T10G-1 Regio/LH(S)/LHD(S) card implements a standard compliant mapping
scheme for STM-64/OC-192 signals into an OTU2V optical channel according to ITU-T
G.806 and G.709.
Figure 47 displays these mapping schemes for the different client signal types.

&OLHQW,)

/LQH,)

6702& DV\Q
*E(:$1
*ELWV

*ELWV

278
*ELWV

A42022-L5972-B051-02-7618
Issue: 2 Issue date: December 2007

2'8

2789
683(5)(&

2&KU

*ELWV

238
ZRVWXII

2'8

2789
683(5)(&

2&KU

*ELWV

278

2'8

2789
683(5)(&

2&KU

*ELWV

DV\Q

V\Q

*E(/$1

Figure 47

238

V\Q

Mapping schemes of client signals to OTU2V optical channel

81

Supported cards and equipment

5.12.3

Technical Description (TED)

I08T10G-1 LH(S)/LHD(S)/Regio
The I08T10G-1 Regio/LH(S)/LHD(S) card is used at each end of DWDM regional and
LH DWDM links, as a bidirectional interface between a client interface and a line interface.
Each I08T10G-1 Regio/LH(S)/LHD(S) card generates and terminates an optical channel
of a wavelength appropriate for DWDM transmission. The exact wavelength is controlled via a tunable transmit laser, only available in the I08T10G-1 LH(S) and I08T10G1 LHD(S) card. The S-FEC feature allows longer span distances.
The I08T10G-1 Regio card uses a MSA300 module (for line interface) which can handle
40 fixed wavelengths, and is equipped with an EAM, temperature-controlled, with wavelength accuracy suitable for 100 GHz DWDM channel spacing.
The I08T10G-1 LH(S) card uses an MSA300 LH NRZ module (for line interface) integrated in the card, and are equipped with a MZM, temperature-controlled and wavelength tunable laser, with wavelength accuracy suitable for 50 GHz and 100 GHz DWDM
channel spacing.
The I08T10G-1 LHD(S) card uses a MSA300 LH NRZ module (for line interface) which
can handle a higher dispersion and a higher PMD load, by using an MLSE.
The optical client interfaces of the I08T10G-1 Regio/LH(S)/LHD(S) card are equipped
with 8 hot-pluggable SFP modules that are mounted on the front panel of the card. The
SFP module performs the optical/electrical conversion in both signal directions.
Table 38 lists the electrical and optical GbE SFP client interfaces available for the
I08T10G-1 Regio/LH(S)/LHD(S) card.

Interface type/data rate

Target transmission distance


0.1 km

0.5 km

10 km

40 km

80 km

120 km

Electrical
1000BASE/1.25 Gbit/s

Optical
1000BASE/1.25 Gbit/s

SX

LX

ZX

CWDM/1.25 Gbit/s

C8S1-0D2

C8L1-0D2

DWDM/1.25 Gbit/s

DWDM-SFP

Enhanced
DWDM-SFP

Table 38

I08T10G-1 card GbE SFP client interfaces


Table 39 lists the STM-16 and OC-48 SFP client interfaces available for the I08T10G-1
Regio/LH(S)/LHD(S) card.

Interface type/data rate

Target transmission distance


2 km

15 km

40 km

80 km

120 km

STM-16/2.49 Gbit/s

I-16

S-16.1

L-16.1

L-16.2

OC-48/2.49 Gbit/s

SR

IR-1

LR-1

LR-2

CWDM/2.49 Gbit/s

C8S1-1D2

C8L1-1D2

Table 39

82

I08T10G-1 card STM-16 and OC-48 SFP client interfaces

A42022-L5972-B051-02-7618
Issue: 2 Issue date: December 2007

Technical Description (TED)

Supported cards and equipment

Target transmission distance

Interface type/data rate

2 km

15 km

40 km

80 km

120 km

DWDM-SFP

Enhanced
DWDM-SFP

DWDM/2.49 Gbit/s
Table 39

I08T10G-1 card STM-16 and OC-48 SFP client interfaces (Cont.)


Table 40 lists the OTU1 SFP client interfaces available for the I08T10G-1 card.
Target transmission distance

Interface type/data rate

2 km

15 km

40 km

80 km

OTU1/2.67 Gbit/s

P1I1-1D1

P1S1-1D1

P1L1-1D1

P1L1-1D2

CWDM/2.67 Gbit/s

C8S1-1D2

C8L1-1D2

DWDM/2.67 Gbit/s

DWDM-SFP

Table 40

120 km

Enhanced
DWDM-SFP

I08T10G-1 card OTU1 SFP client interfaces


The client interfaces of the I08T10G-1 card support the following configurations:
Maximum of eight SFP modules.
Maximum of four SFP modules plus four DWDM-SFP modules.
The DWDM-SFP modules can only be used on client ports with heat sinks, i.e., ports 1,
3, 5 and 7.

g Enhanced DWDM-SFP modules can only be used in SON NEs.


The I08T10G-1 Regio/LH(S)/LHD(S) card implements a standard compliant mapping
scheme for STM-64/OC-192 signals mapped into an OPU1/ODU1 and multiplexed to an
OTU2V optical channel according to ITU-T G.806 and G.709.
The I08T10G-1 card implements a standard compliant mapping scheme for all client
signals into an OTU2V optical channel according to ITU-T G.806 and G.709.
Figure 48 displays these mapping schemes for the different client signal types.

&OLHQW,)
670&%5

238

*)3
0;';
*E(
*ELWV

*)37

/LQH,)

DV\Q

278
ZR)(&

*)37

.[
2'78

2789

DV\Q
2'8

/[
2'78

DV\Q

2'8

2'8

2789

2'78*

DV\Q

DV\Q
238

238

DV\Q

2&KU

*ELWV

278

*E(

2'8

DV\Q

*ELWV

*ELWV

DV\Q

V\Q

6702&
*ELWV

0[

2'78
DV\Q
./0 

Figure 48

A42022-L5972-B051-02-7618
Issue: 2 Issue date: December 2007

Mapping schemes of client signals to OTU2V optical channel

83

Supported cards and equipment

5.13

Technical Description (TED)

Optical channel protection card


Table 41 lists the SURPASS hiT 7300 OChP card.

Card name

Number of protected
channels

O03CP-1
Table 41

Architecture

Communication
type

3 splitters and 3 combiners bidirectional

OChP card overview

The OChP card O03CP-1 is a passive card which contains 6 optical splitters. Three act
as combiners to switch the traffic together with the 10 Gbit/s transponder cards. The
remaining three are used for bridging the traffic for protection (see Figure 49).

&OLHQW,1

&OLHQW287

&OLHQW,1

&OLHQW287

&OLHQW,1

&OLHQW287

Figure 49


VSOLWWHU

FRPELQHU

VSOLWWHU

FRPELQHU

VSOLWWHU

FRPELQHU

3URWHFWLRQ287
:RUNLQJ287

3URWHFWLRQ,1
:RUNLQJ,1

3URWHFWLRQ287
:RUNLQJ287

3URWHFWLRQ,1
:RUNLQJ,1

3URWHFWLRQ287
:RUNLQJ287

3URWHFWLRQ,1
:RUNLQJ,1

O03CP-1 basic structure

Up to three protection groups can be created and managed by the O03CP-1 card (i.e.,
three pairs of client interfaces).

84

A42022-L5972-B051-02-7618
Issue: 2 Issue date: December 2007

Technical Description (TED)

Mechanical design

6 Mechanical design
This chapter provides an overview of the mechanical features of SURPASS hiT 7300
shelves, racks and cards.
For information about the cards supported by SURPASS hiT 7300, see chapter 5.

6.1

Shelves
SURPASS hiT 7300 comprises one single-shelf solution. Due to ANSI and ETSI standards, two shelf types are available in order to meet cabling and mounting brackets
requirements.
Table 42 describes the available shelf types on SURPASS hiT 7300:
Shelf Type

ANSI shelf

Description

(see Figure 50)

ETSI shelf

(see Figure 50)

Table 42

6.1.1

Mounts in standard 23-inch ANSI racks.


Shelf occupies 12U of vertical rack space (21 inches).
Mounting flanges are 5-inches behind front plane of shelf
(see Figure 51).
Overall dimensions:
23" wide x 20.4" high x 11" deep
Mounts in standard and hiT 7300 600 mm ETSI racks.
Shelf occupies 22SU of vertical rack space (550 mm).
Mounting flanges are 40 mm (on standard ETSI racks)
behind front plane of shelf or 125 mm (on hiT 7300 ETSI
racks) behind front plane of shelf (see Figure 51).
Overall dimensions:
533 mm wide x 517.5 mm high x 280 mm deep

Shelf types description

Shelf design details


All available shelf types have the following characteristics:
16 card slots. All slots are non-card specific with the exception of the far right-hand
slot which is dedicated to the controller card (see chapter 6.3.4).
Fiber guides to assist in the orderly routing of fibers to/from the cards.
Slide-in cooling fan unit with replaceable air filter element (see chapter 6.1.2).
Front-access connector panel (see chapter 6.1.3).
Optional bolt-on front cover for added protection of fiber and cards.
Edge protectors at the fiber entry/exit of the shelf.
Figure 50 and Figure 51 display the design of SURPASS hiT 7300 shelves.

A42022-L5972-B051-02-7618
Issue: 2 Issue date: December 2007

85

Mechanical design

Technical Description (TED)

6853$66KL76KHOI
$16,(76,W\SH
3OXJLQFDUG
DUHD VORWV

)LEHUURXWLQJ
JXLGHV

)DQ8QLWDQG
$LU)LOWHU

&RQQHFWRU
SDQHO &23$
'LVWDQFHEHWZHHQPRXQWLQJKROHVRIWKH(76,VKHOILVPP
6KHOIUHTXLUHV68RIYHUWLFDOUDFNVSDFH PP
'LVWDQFHEHWZHHQPRXQWLQJKROHVRIWKH$16,VKHOILVLQFKHV
6KHOIUHTXLUHV8RIYHUWLFDOUDFNVSDFH LQFKHV

Figure 50

86

SURPASS hiT 7300 ANSI and ETSI shelves

A42022-L5972-B051-02-7618
Issue: 2 Issue date: December 2007

Technical Description (TED)

Mechanical design

)URQWFRYHU
RSWLRQDO

6853$66KL7$16,VKHOI
0RXQWLQJIODQJHVDUHLQFKHV
EHKLQGIURQWSODQHRIWKHVKHOI

(GJH
SURWHFWRUV

PP

6853$66KL7(76,VKHOI
0RXQWLQJIODQJHVDUHPP
EHKLQGIURQWSODQHRIWKHVKHOI

)URQWFRYHU
RSWLRQDO
Figure 51

6.1.2

(GJH
SURWHFWRUV

ANSI and ETSI shelf details

Shelf fan unit and air filter


The shelf fan unit and air filter are mounted in the bottom of the shelf, between the fiber
routing guides and the connector panel (see Figure 50).
Fan unit
Each shelf is equipped with a fan unit that provides cooling airflow for the cards. The fan
unit is held securely in place by manually operated latches.
The operating status of the four individual fans inside the unit is monitored. Detection of
a fault condition will raise the appropriate system alarm and light the LED on the front of
the fan unit.

A42022-L5972-B051-02-7618
Issue: 2 Issue date: December 2007

87

Mechanical design

Technical Description (TED)

Air filter
The fan unit contains a one-piece replaceable air filter element to protect the shelf from
ingesting environmental dust or other airborne contaminants.

Air filter replacement must be treated as a periodic maintenance procedure to ensure


that the fans are able to sustain optimum shelf-operating temperature. Therefore, the air
filter must be replaced every 18 months.
In heavily polluted (e.g., containers/central offices with construction activity) or dirty
environments, air filter replacement should occur every 6 or 12 months respectively. An
excessively dirty air filter will reduce cooling airflow.
Equipment must not be operated without fans. During fan or filter replacement, the
replacement part should be immediately reinserted after removing the fan or filter.
The following containers/central offices and air filter replacement periods are defined as
follows:

6.1.3

Normal air filter replacement:


Should occur every 18 months in typical central office or controlled container (either
under-ground or above-ground, as long as the inlet to the environment is filtered,
and temperature/humidity are controlled and defined per the central office). The
external environment to the container/central office is a typical residential area,
and/or the air inside the container/central office has a typical central office quality.

Expedited air filter replacement:


Should occur every 12 months in a controlled environment central office or controlled container (either under-ground or above-ground, as long as the inlet to the
environment is filtered, and temperature/humidity are controlled and defined per the
central office). This also means the external environment to the container/central
office is an industrial area, and/or the air inside the container/central office is below
a central office standard quality and where a construction is on-going, or there is a
micro filter or heavy tree dust (e.g., entering the environment).

Condensed air filter replacement:


Should occur every 6 months in a non-controlled environment in non-controlled container (e.g., above-ground cabinet, or the basement of a high-rise) where the inlet to
the environment has poor filtering, and the temperature and humidity control is poor.
This also means the external environment to the container is a heavy industrial area,
and/or the air inside the container is significantly below a central office standard
quality. This also applies if a central office is located in a heavy industrial area where
a very heavy construction is on-going.

Connector Panel
The front-access Connector Panel (COPA) is located at the bottom of each shelf, as displayed in Figure 52.

88

A42022-L5972-B051-02-7618
Issue: 2 Issue date: December 2007

Technical Description (TED)

Mechanical design

$36',1

8%$7

$36'287

8%$7

-DFNIRU
JURXQGHG
ZULVWVWUDS

*URXQGVWXG

Figure 52

Connector panel

The COPA connectors are listed in Table 43.


Connector Name Connector Type
UBAT 1/3
UBAT 2/4

3W3 D-SUB

Remarks
For connection of shelf DC operating voltage
(redundant power feeds from the rack Power
Distribution Panel (PDP)).
Input and output connectors for the line
amplifier card LSB (Not used in SON).

APSD IN
APSD OUT

8-pin RJ45

This signal is daisy-chained from shelf-toshelf via cable by using these connectors.
This is only required when an amplification
group (e.g., line amplifiers and/or Raman
pumps) has to be mounted in different
shelves.

M4 threaded stud Shelf grounding cable must be attached here.


Table 43

COPA connectors

In addition, the bottom area of the shelf also contains an Earth Bonding Point (EBP) jack
for connection of a grounded wrist strap.

The grounded wrist strap should always be worn when working on the shelf.
The use of a grounded wrist strap prevents electrostatic damage of components.

For complete instructions on all COPA cable connections, please refer to the Installation
and Test Manual (ITMN) of SURPASS hiT 7300.

6.2

Racks
The SURPASS hiT 7300 shelves are mounted in ANSI, standard or hiT 7300 ETSI
racks. One rack can accommodate up to three shelves.

g The standard ETSI racks can only be used in OLR NEs due to the small usable
cabling space in front of the rack beams.

A42022-L5972-B051-02-7618
Issue: 2 Issue date: December 2007

89

Mechanical design

6.2.1

Technical Description (TED)

Rack arrangements
Figure 53 displays examples of rack arrangements for standard 7-foot ANSI racks and
standard 2200 mm ETSI racks, respectively. Maximum densities are depicted.

$16,IRRWUDFNV
PRXQWLQJXQLWV

(76,PPUDFNV
PRXQWLQJXQLWV

[3'3 IXVHSDQHO 
[KL76KHOI
[)LEHUWUD\

[3'3 EUHDNHUSDQHO 
[KL76KHOI
[)LEHUWUD\
3'3
%UHDNHUSDQHO
)LEHUWUD\

3'3
)XVHSDQHO
)LEHUWUD\

KL7
(76,VKHOI

KL7
$16,VKHOI

)LEHUWUD\

)LEHUWUD\

KL7
(76,VKHOI

KL7
$16,VKHOI

KL7
(76,VKHOI

KL7
$16,VKHOI

)LEHUWUD\
)LEHUWUD\

Figure 53

Rack arrangements; ANSI 7-foot and ETSI 2200 mm racks

g Note that each UDCM tray occupies 2U and a TIF distribution panel occupies 1U
therefore, affecting the possible arrangements within one rack.

6.2.2

Power Distribution Panel


Each rack contains a PDP mounted near the top (see Figure 53). The PDP contains
fuses (or circuit breakers) to protect all the dual-redundant power feeds connected to
each shelf in the rack.

90

A42022-L5972-B051-02-7618
Issue: 2 Issue date: December 2007

Technical Description (TED)

6.2.3

Mechanical design

TIF distribution panel


The TIF distribution panel CTDP-1, can be mounted on ANSI or ETSI racks to allow an
easy and quick TIF interconnection between SURPASS hiT 7300 and StrataLight OTS4000 or MPBC RMH07 series.
Up to five OEM systems (StrataLight OTS-4000 or MPBC RMH07 series) can be connected to the CTDP-1 (one per each extension port). The CTDP-1 collects three TIF
sensors (for MINOR, MAJOR and CRITICAL alarms) in each extension port IN x-x (with
the exception of the far right-hand extension port, which can carry four TIF sensors).
To allow a direct interconnection with SURPASS hiT 7300 CCEP-1 controller card a
single TIF connector TIF-IN 1-16 gathers all the 16 TIF sensors of the OEM systems
(see Figure 54).

Figure 54

CTDP-1 faceplate

The CTDP-1 connectors are listed in Table 44.


Connector Name

Connector Type

Remarks
First extension port input connector.

IN 1-3

Male 9-pin D-SUB

Carries three TIF sensors (1 to 3) from


StrataLight OTS-4000 or MPBC RMH07
series equipment.
Second extension port input connector.

IN 4-6

Male 9-pin D-SUB

Carries three TIF sensors (4 to 6) from


StrataLight OTS-4000 or MPBC RMH07
series equipment.
Third extension port input connector.

IN 7-9

Male 9-pin D-SUB

Carries three TIF sensors (7 to 9) from


StrataLight OTS-4000 or MPBC RMH07
series equipment.
Fourth extension port input connector.

IN 10-12

Male 9-pin D-SUB

Carries three TIF sensors (10 to 12) from


StrataLight OTS-4000 or MPBC RMH07
series equipment.
Fifth extension port input connector.

IN 13-16

Table 44

A42022-L5972-B051-02-7618
Issue: 2 Issue date: December 2007

Male 9-pin D-SUB

Carries four TIF sensors (13 to 16) from


StrataLight OTS-4000 or MPBC RMH07
series equipment.

CTDP-1 connectors

91

Mechanical design

Technical Description (TED)

Connector Name

Connector Type

Remarks
Output connector for interconnection with
SURPASS hiT 7300 TIF.

TIF-IN 1-16

Male 25-pin D-SUB Aggregates the 16 TIF sensors (1 to 16)


from StrataLight OTS-4000 or MPBC
RMH07 series equipment.
M4 threaded stud

Panel grounding cable must be attached


here.
Not used in ETSI racks.

Table 44

CTDP-1 connectors (Cont.)

To interconnect the CTDP-1 with StrataLight OTS-4000 or MPBC RMH07 series equipment, an individual cable between a CTDP-1 extension port and the OEM system TIF
output connector is required.
For a more detailed information about the cabling and pin assignment, please refer to
the Interconnect, Configuration and Mechanical Assembly (ICMA) of SURPASS hiT
7300.

6.3

Cards
Figure 55 displays the basic design of SURPASS hiT 7300 cards. Important points about
the SURPASS hiT 7300 cards are as follows:
Cards are installed in the shelfs 16-slot card area (displayed in Figure 50). Slots are
numbered 101 to 116 (1 to 16 on LCT), from left-to-right.
Slots 101 to 115 are all 30 mm wide and are dedicated to traffic cards. Many of the
SURPASS hiT 7300 traffic cards occupy only one 30 mm slot, while others span
multiple contiguous slots. These slots are not card-specific.
Slot 116 is 40 mm wide. Only the controller card can be installed in slot 116. The
CCEP-1 controller card is 70 mm wide and thus occupies slots 115 and 116 (see
chapter 6.3.4).
Coded connectors prevent inadvertently installing a traffic card in the controller card
slot or vice-versa.
Optical connectors, network management connectors, control elements, and LEDs
are mounted on the front panels of the card for easy access. Optical connectors are
LC/PC type.
Each plug-in card is securely held in the shelf via two captive screws. For easy
removal (after the captive screws are loosened), each card is equipped with top and
bottom extraction levers that aid in disengaging the card from its backplane connector.
Blank panels must be installed when a shelf is not fully-equipped with cards. All
empty slots must be equipped with a blank panel.

92

A42022-L5972-B051-02-7618
Issue: 2 Issue date: December 2007

Technical Description (TED)

Mechanical design

&DUGFRGLQJ
FRQQHFWRU

%DFNSODQH
FRQQHFWRU
3&%$5($

)DFHSODWH
([WUDFWLRQOHYHUV

Figure 55

Cards design

For complete instructions on a safe and correct handling of all plug-in cards, please refer
to the Installation and Test Manual (ITMN) of SURPASS hiT 7300.

6.3.1

Blank panels and faceplates


Any card slot that remains empty, i.e., does not contain a card, must be equipped with
a blank panel for electromagnetic shielding.
All cards are equipped with individual faceplates in order to meet EMI/ESD objectives
and requirements, and ensure heat dissipation.

6.3.2

Card label
Each card is supplied with a specific card label placed in the top extraction lever (see
Figure 56).
7RSH[WUDFWLRQOHYHU

&DUGODEHO

Figure 56

A42022-L5972-B051-02-7618
Issue: 2 Issue date: December 2007

Card label location

93

Mechanical design

Technical Description (TED)

The card label identifies the card and provides additional information such as manufacturing identification, production code number and card specific data.
For a more detailed information about the card labels, please refer to the Installation and
Test Manual (ITMN) of SURPASS hiT 7300.

6.3.3

Card faceplate LEDs


Each "active" card, i.e., those that contain an on-board processor, has a green OK LED
and a red Fault LED on its faceplate that indicates card status as explained in Table 45.
"Passive" cards (e.g., VOA, OChP, and some filter cards) do not have any LEDs.
LED name

LED color

Description
When the Fault LED is ON, it indicates that the card has
detected an on-board hardware or software failure.
When the failure condition clears, the Fault LED is
extinguished.

Fault

red

A blinking Fault LED indicates a LOS communication


alarm on the line amplifier and transponder cards.
The Fault LED is powered by a backplane power bus,
ensuring that a card can light its Fault LED even if its own
on-board power supply fails.

OK

Table 45

green

When the OK LED is ON, it indicates that the card is


powered, operating fault-free, and is capable of carrying
traffic.

Standard front LEDs

g If the shelf is equipped with the optional front cover, the OK and Fault LEDs on the
cards in slots 101-115 are visible only when the cover is removed.

6.3.4

Controller card faceplate elements


The controller card faceplate contains the most important power-on and alarm LEDs as
well as several interfaces for dedicated connections.
Table 46 describes the available controller card variants.
Card name

Description

CCEP-1

The CCEP-1 card is the NE controller card used


in the NE main shelf (001) and is supplied with TIF
module.

(see Figure 57)

CCMP-1

Table 46

94

The CCMP-1 card is the NE controller card used


in the NE main shelf (001) and is supplied without
TIF module.

Controller card variants

A42022-L5972-B051-02-7618
Issue: 2 Issue date: December 2007

Technical Description (TED)

Table 46

Mechanical design

Card name

Description

CCSP-1

The CCSP-1 card is the shelf controller card used


in the NE sub-shelves and is supplied without TIF
module.

Controller card variants (Cont.)

Figure 57 displays the CCEP-1 controller card faceplate which has an integrated TIF
module. The CCMP-1 and CCSP-1 controller cards share a similar faceplate but without
TIF module therefore, they cannot supervise/control particular events/devices at the
site.

$ODUP&XW2II
$&2 /('
DQGEXWWRQ
$ODUPDQG
VWDWXV/('V

(2:
FRQQHFWRUV
7HOHPHWU\
,QWHUIDFH 7,) 
FRQQHFWRUV

(WKHUQHW
FRQQHFWRUV

7,)PRGXOH
Figure 57

A42022-L5972-B051-02-7618
Issue: 2 Issue date: December 2007

CCEP-1 front panel

95

Mechanical design

Technical Description (TED)

Table 47 describes all the controller card elements. All the power and alarm LEDs are
visible through a small cut-out even when the shelf front cover is mounted.
Interface label
Fault

LED color

Description

red

See Table 45

OK

green

See Table 45

UBAT 1 to 4

green

Separate power-ON LEDs for the supply voltages.

COM-AL/CRIT

red

COM-AL/MAJ

orange

COM-AL/MIN

yellow

EQUIP-AL/CRIT

red

EQUIP-AL/MAJ

orange

EQUIP-AL/MIN

yellow

INFO

green/red

Communication Alarm.
When active a Critical alarm exists in this shelf.
Communication Alarm.
When active a Major alarm exists in this shelf.
Communication Alarm.
When active a Minor alarm exists in this shelf.
Equipment Alarm.
When active a Critical alarm exists in this shelf.
Equipment Alarm.
When active a Major alarm exists in this shelf.
Equipment Alarm.
When active a Minor alarm exists in this shelf.
No function assigned.
Reserved for future use only.
Handset connector (4-pin RJ22 connector).
Shelf interconnector (4-pin D-SUB 9 connector)
with on-board buzzer.

EOW

Used to interconnect shelves in multi-degree NEs.


Can gather two EOW signals by using an
expansion Y 4-wire cable.
Not used in SON.
User channel connector (8-pin RJ45 connector).

User 2

green

Used for point-to-point user channel connection via


optical links.
Not used in SON
User channel connector (8-pin RJ45 connector).

User 1

green

Used for point-to-point user channel connection via


optical links.
Not used in SON

Table 47

96

Controller card interfaces

A42022-L5972-B051-02-7618
Issue: 2 Issue date: December 2007

Technical Description (TED)

Mechanical design

Interface label

LED color

Description
Ethernet LAN connector (8-pin RJ45 connector).

ILAN 2

green

Used for connection between shelves within the


NE.
Ethernet LAN connector (8-pin RJ45 connector).

ILAN 1

green

Used for connection between shelves within the


NE.
Ethernet LAN connector (8-pin RJ45 connector).

green

Used for connection to a TMN system, internal


DCN access and shelves interconnection.
Note that in the CCSP-1 controller card this
interface is not usable.
Ethernet LAN connector (8-pin RJ45 connector).

QF

green

Used for connection to LCT via a local Personal


Computer (PC).
Note that in the CCSP-1 controller card this
interface is not usable.
Alarm Cut-OFF indication LED.

ACO

blue

Note that in the CCSP-1 and CCMP-1 controller


cards this interface is not available.
Alarm Cut-OFF button.

ACO

Note that in the CCSP-1 and CCMP-1 controller


cards this interface is not available.
TIF input connector (25-pin D-SUB 25 connector).

TIFIN

Used for alarm detection such as a door opening


alarm, temperature alarm, etc.
Note that in the CCSP-1 and CCMP-1 controller
cards this interface is not available.
TIF output connector (25-pin D-SUB 25
connector).

TIFOUT/ALARM

Used for remote control of devices such as lights,


air conditioning etc., and for
equipment/communication alarm indication
purposes.
Note that in the CCSP-1 and CCMP-1 controller
cards this interface is not available.

Table 47

A42022-L5972-B051-02-7618
Issue: 2 Issue date: December 2007

Controller card interfaces (Cont.)

97

System bring-up

Technical Description (TED)

7 System bring-up
This chapter provides some basic information about planning, installation and commissioning of SURPASS hiT 7300.

7.1

Planning
The planning of a SURPASS hiT 7300 network is done by the SURPASS TransNet tool.
SURPASS TransNet is a sophisticated software simulation tool developed specifically
for designing and/or upgrading optical DWDM networks with SURPASS hiT 7300. It
runs on PCs using the Windows 2000 or Windows XP operating systems.
The SURPASS TransNet tool provides:
Drawing of network structures on a geographical map (see Figure 58).
Easy-to-understand user guidance features that take users through the steps of
designing a network and assigning equipment to the DWDM routes.
Guidance on how to plan connections, protection groups and aggregations.
All the necessary calculations in the network creation process.
Price-optimized routes for selection thanks to its cost optimization algorithms.
Optimum wavelength assignment, cost optimization and wavelength-dependent
reach.
Analysis, commissioning, NCF configuration files and equipment reports which give
a complete description of the necessary equipment and configuration steps of the
NEs.
Existing Nokia Siemens Networks optical networks to be extended and changed.
Support of generated network-related reports and of DWDM route-specific reports.

98

A42022-L5972-B051-02-7618
Issue: 2 Issue date: December 2007

Technical Description (TED)

Figure 58

System bring-up

SURPASS TransNet network planning example

The SURPASS TransNet receives the network topology as input from the customer, the
connection traffic demands and constraints regarding the network and/or the
demands.The network topology generally indicates physical locations of the sites that
constitute the network, the distance between sites, the specifications of the optical fibers
installed in the network and an indication if the sites may be used as source or end of a
traffic demand. Traffic demands generally indicate the required traffic connections
between specific sites and the kind of services that these must support.
SURPASS TransNet considers the network topology, traffic demands and customer
constraints, and provides an optimized solution for the network using Nokia Siemens
Networks optical transport solutions or, if required, OEM products.
The optimized solution takes into account the analysis of physical and equipment constraints involved in the transmission of DWDM signals over optical fiber, the routing and
wavelength assignment of optical channels over multiple optical links within a meshed
optical network and the cost of equipment in controlled compromised selections, e.g.,
filter structure of an OADM according to BOL/EOL channel count.
SURPASS TransNet documents the optimized solution so that the customer has all the
required information for the analysis, procurement and commissioning of the equipment.
This allows the implementation of the optical network under analysis so that possible
errors are minimized and reliability is maximized.

A42022-L5972-B051-02-7618
Issue: 2 Issue date: December 2007

99

System bring-up

Technical Description (TED)

For this purpose, SURPASS TransNet provides a procurement equipment list, a commissioning report (indicating how equipment should be installed and may include
cabling plan and slot assignment plan) and an NCF used for SURPASS hiT 7300 commissioning.
For detailed information and a step-by-step guide on all the SURPASS TransNet features, please refer to the SURPASS TransNet customer documentation.

7.2

Delivery formats
SURPASS hiT 7300 system equipment can be delivered in three different formats as
described in the following sections.
Rack and Shelf Preconfiguration
The entire rack and shelf assembly is done by Nokia Siemens Networks. According to
the installer/commissioners list of material, all shelves are fully equipped with the necessary cards and configured with shelf IDs, and consequently mounted in the racks.
The intra-rack electrical cabling (power and ground cabling) and the intra-rack routing of
optical fibers is also done by Nokia Siemens Networks.
Before delivering the complete assembly is tested by Nokia Siemens Networks.
Shelf Preconfiguration
The entire shelf assembly is done by Nokia Siemens Networks. All shelves are fully
equipped with cards according to the installer/commissioners list of material and configured with shelf IDs, and consequently tested.
Shelves and racks are packed and delivered separately. The installing and equipping of
the racks is completed by the installer/commissioner on site.
Bulk delivery
All racks, shelves and cards are delivered separately. Assembling, cabling and configuration of the whole system equipment is performed by the installer/commissioner (see
chapters 7.3 and 7.4).

7.3

Installation
The installation of SURPASS hiT 7300 comprises shelves, racks and cable assembly.
SURPASS TransNet provides a list of material for the entire network and for each NE in
particular, and a bill of material of each DWDM route.
The assembly of all the cards, in each shelf, and all the cabling connections must be
based on SURPASS TransNet reports for a successful system installation and commissioning.
For complete hardware installation instructions, please refer to the Installation and Test
Manual (ITMN) of SURPASS hiT 7300.

7.4

Commissioning
SURPASS hiT 7300 has to be configured on initial commissioning, prior to the regular
operation. NE and Optical Link commissioning is mandatory after all the racks and
shelves hardware are properly installed.

100

A42022-L5972-B051-02-7618
Issue: 2 Issue date: December 2007

Technical Description (TED)

System bring-up

To perform the NE and Optical Link commissioning, SURPASS TransNet provides a set
of NCFs and a commissioning report, at the end of the network planning.
The NCFs contain most of the necessary configurations for each NE of the planned
network. However, several configurations (e.g., DCN and NE configurations) must be
performed manually with the support of the NE commissioning manuals.
For detailed information and a step-by-step guide on NEs and Optical Link commissioning of the SURPASS hiT 7300 system, please refer to the NE Commissioning and
Optical Link Commissioning (OLC) manuals.

A42022-L5972-B051-02-7618
Issue: 2 Issue date: December 2007

101

Network management

Technical Description (TED)

8 Network management
This chapter provides an overview of the telecommunication network management
systems that can manage the SURPASS hiT 7300, including the access and security
management functions.
The Nokia Siemens Networks network management systems for optical networks are
designed for the needs of regional transport networks as well as for long distances
(national and international) networks.
The network management systems provide all the major network management functions defined in the ITU-T standard M.3010 Principles for a Telecommunication Management Network.

1HWZRUN
0DQDJHPHQW
%XGJHWLQJ
%XVLQHVVSODQQLQJ

%XVLQHVVPDQDJHPHQWOD\HU
6HUYLFHRUGHUERRNLQJ

,QYHQWRU\PDQDJHPHQW

6HUYLFHPDQDJHPHQWOD\HU

6XEVFULEHU
DGPLQLVWUDWLRQ
&OLHQWLQWHUIDFH

&RQILJXUDWLRQRI
VHFWLRQVSDWKV
1HWZRUNVXSHUYLVLRQ
DQGFRQWURO

1HWZRUNPDQDJHPHQWOD\HU
&RQWURODQG
VXSHUYLVLRQRI1(V
&RQILJXUDWLRQRI1(V

6HFWLRQSDWKSURWHFWLRQ

(OHPHQWPDQDJHPHQWOD\HU

Figure 59

)DXOWORFDOL]DWLRQRQ
QHWZRUNPDQDJHPHQW
OD\HU

Network management functions according to ITU-T

Based on ITU-T standard M.3010, the five functional areas fault, configuration, accounting, performance and security management can be distributed to the four layers as displayed in Figure 59.
The lowest layer of the network management functions is the element management
layer. Its functionality is to allow all system components and function units of an NE to
be monitored and handled (e.g., line cards with user ports, cross connect units, multiplex
modules), etc.
The network management layer includes all the functions required to manage the optical
network in an effective and user-friendly way, such as the visualization of the network
topology, creation of services, correlation of alarms to network resources.
Fault configuration and performance management are supported on the element management layer. Configuration and fault management is also provided on the network
management layer. Additional configuration, fault and performance management
features are available on the service management layer. Security management func-

102

A42022-L5972-B051-02-7618
Issue: 2 Issue date: December 2007

Technical Description (TED)

Network management

tions can be used to restrict access either to the user interfaces of the network management system or to individual NEs.

8.1

SURPASS hiT 7300 Local Craft Terminal


The SURPASS hiT 7300 LCT enables the user to perform a wide variety of operation
administration, maintenance, and provisioning tasks for the SURPASS hiT 7300.
These include:
Fault management
Configuration management
Performance management
Security management
Optical link commissioning procedures
Equipment management
Software management
These SURPASS hiT 7300 LCT functions are provided via @CT, TNMS CT and TNMS
Core/CDM systems (see chapters 8.2, 8.3 and 8.4).
The PC requirements for running the LCT are listed in chapter 9.9.
For information on how to work with LCT, please refer to the Operating Manual (OMN)
of SURPASS hiT 7300.

8.2

@CT
@CT provides web access to NEs of SURPASS hiT 7300 in the customer network
without the use of a management system. It communicates via SNMP with the NEs and
uses File Transfer Protocol Secure (FTPS) for upload/download of software or other
data configuration, e.g., NCF and log files.
@CT is a Java Web Start application pre-installed on the controller card of an NE which
contains the LCT of the NE. The NE access via browser provides a link which allows the
@CT download, and the consequent launch of the LCT.

g @CT may be accessed locally via the QF Ethernet interface of the NE.
For a more detailed information, please refer to the @CT User Manual.

8.3

TNMS CT
TNMS CT is a transparent software platform for SDH and DWDM NEs using QD2, QST,
QST V2, Q3 or SNMP telegram protocols. It supports line, star, ring and mesh networks
and provides access to NEs via Ethernet interface or via a serial line interface (RS232).
There are two operation modes that provide access to the NE via TNMS CT:
Local Craft Terminal (LCT) mode, which is used for local management and commissioning of NEs.
Network Craft Terminal (NCT) mode, which is used for either local or remote
network management.
Figure 60 displays an application example for craft terminals (in LCT and NCT modes)
in a transmission network.

A42022-L5972-B051-02-7618
Issue: 2 Issue date: December 2007

103

Network management

Technical Description (TED)

/&7PRQLWRULQJDUHDV
1&7PRQLWRUVDOODUHDV

3RVVLEOH
&RQQHFWLRQ
WR701

1&7
PRGH

'&&'DWD&RPPXQLFDWLRQ&KDQQHO
4 /$1 

1(
'&

)
4

/&7
PRGH

1(
&

1(

'& &
'&&

1(

'&&

1(
'&

&

'&

1(
'&

1(

&

1(
&

'&

1(

Figure 60

'&&

'&&

&

4)

1(

1(

/&7
PRGH

Craft terminals in a transmission network

The NE functions are executed via the LCTs provided by the TMNS CT system.
TNMS CT is a scalable single-user system with a client/server architecture comprising
several industry standards with the Windows 2000 and Windows XP operating systems
and software applications. The client and server software can be installed either on different PCs or on one single PC.
For a more detailed information, please refer to the TNMS CT customer documentation.

8.4

TNMS Core/CDM
The telecommunication network management system TNMS Core/CDM is an integrated
solution designed for large, medium and small size networks. It supports NEs with
DWDM, OTH, SDH, PDH, Ethernet in line, star, ring and mesh network configurations.
TNMS Core/CDM can be used to manage networks in the access, edge, metro, core
and backbone levels.
The NEs of a transmission network provide various management interfaces so that they
can be connected to the management system via the DCN.
TNMS Core/CDM is a scalable, multi-user system with a client/server architecture comprising several industry standards with the Windows XP and Windows 2003 Server
operating systems and software applications.
The TNMS Core/CDM software includes the Client, SysAdmin, Server and NetServer
applications. Client and SysAdmin are installed on client PC.
Figure 61 displays the system architecture of TNMS Core/CDM.

104

A42022-L5972-B051-02-7618
Issue: 2 Issue date: December 2007

Technical Description (TED)

Network management

7106&RUH&'0
&OLHQW
6\V$GPLQ

7106&RUH&'0
&OLHQW
6\V$GPLQ

&OLHQW3&V

7106&RUH&'0
1HW6HUYHU

7106&RUH&'0
6HUYHU
6\V$GPLQ

6HUYHU3&

7106&RUH&'0
1HW6HUYHU

7106&RUH&'0
1HW6HUYHU

1HW6HUYHU3&V

1(V
1(V

1(V
/DUJH1HWZRUN

Figure 61

System architecture of TNMS Core/CDM

The management system administrator can access the system via the SysAdmin client,
while the operator can use the TNMS Core/CDM client interface. Different communication drivers (Q3, QST, SNMP or QD2) are provided for communication with the gateway
NEs.
For a more detailed information, please refer to the TNMS Core/CDM customer documentation.

8.5

Access and security management


The following sub-chapters provide relevant information on access and security management.

8.5.1

Network Element access management


Several management systems (see chapters 8.2, 8.3 and 8.4) are allowed to establish
connections to the NE at the same time. Operations (non-modifying as well as modifying) can be requested by management systems in parallel without the need to explicitly
request write access before.
To ensure data consistency between all NEs and all the connected management
systems, the NE sends notifications to all the connected management systems as a
result of any modifying operation, which has been successfully performed in the NE.

A42022-L5972-B051-02-7618
Issue: 2 Issue date: December 2007

105

Network management

8.5.2

Technical Description (TED)

User security management and access control


For system access control via SNMPv3 protocol the application layer implements
password-based client authentication. Each time an SNMPv3 operation is requested,
the provided client authentication with the corresponding SNMPv3 PDU is verified.
The SNMPv3 protocol provides enhanced security rules, such as:
Change the password of an existing user.
Add more users for SNMPv3 agents using User-based Security Model (USM).
Enable authorization in SNMPv3 using View-based Access Control Model (VACM).
However, a modification of access rights using the SNMPv3 interface is not supported.

g Security and configuration data are stored in persistent logs.

8.6

Network management interfaces and architecture


The following sub-chapters provide information regarding the interfaces and architecture of the SURPASS hiT 7300 network management software.

8.6.1

Interfaces
Figure 62 displays an overview of the network management systems and interfaces that
can be used to manage the SURPASS hiT 7300 via the Q and QF Ethernet interfaces
using SNMPv3, Hyper Text Transfer Protocol (HTTP) and FTPS protocols.
#&7
+7736103Y

7106&7
6103Y

7106&RUH&'0
6103Y

,3
,3

4)

,3

,3

,3

4)
,3
'&&

6853$66KL7

Figure 62

,3
'&&

6853$66KL7

Network management interfaces

The Q Ethernet interface allows the SURPASS hiT 7300 system to be connected to a
TMN system, e.g., TNMS CT. If the Q Ethernet interface is used for DCN interconnection
with another NE, no IP is assigned to the Q Ethernet interface.
The QF Ethernet interface has a default IP address that provides access to the NE LCT.
The terminal obtains its IP address from a DHCP server on the NE.

g TMN systems can also be connected via QF Ethernet interface if necessary


(dashed lines in Figure 62). This configurations must be performed by advanced
users only.

106

A42022-L5972-B051-02-7618
Issue: 2 Issue date: December 2007

Technical Description (TED)

8.6.2

Network management

Architecture
The TMN managing systems (TNMS Core/CDM and TNMS CT) connect to the
SURPASS hiT 7300 network via permanent gateway NEs. The gateway function can be
activated on any NE, during the NE commissioning procedures, without the need of
additional hardware.
For detailed instructions on how to activate a gateway NE function, please refer to the
Commissioning manual.
The following example of network management architecture displayed in Figure 63,
illustrates the usage of SURPASS hiT 7300 network management systems via the NE
gateway.
7106&RUH&'0

7106&7

,3

,3

,3
JDWHZD\1(

6853$66KL7
Figure 63

A42022-L5972-B051-02-7618
Issue: 2 Issue date: December 2007

'&&

'&&

6853$66KL7

TMN systems connection via gateway NE

107

Technical data

Technical Description (TED)

9 Technical data
This chapter lists technical data of SURPASS hiT 7300 equipment.

9.1

Physical layers
The following tables list important technical data about the physical layers of the
SURPASS hiT 7300system.
General information
Maximum number of
40 (32 channels for long single spans)
channels
40 Gbit/s Duo-binary and DPSK (via StrataLight OTS-4000)
Bit rate/line coding
10 Gbit/s NRZ
of optical line signals
2.5 Gbit/s NRZ
Maximum
bit error ratio (BER)
Supported fiber
types
Wavelength Grid
Table 48

10-11 to 10-16 ; typ.: 10-12


SSMF, LEAF, MDF, TW-C, DSF and PSCF fiber according to
ITU-T G.652, G.653, G.654 and G.655 DMC
(PSCF for long single spans only)
compliant to ITU-T G.692

Physical layers, general information

Interface at point MPI-SM


Point MPI-SM

Maximum mean channel


output power

without external pumps: -15 to 1 dBm


(depending on span reach)
with external pumps: 6 dBm

Minimum mean channel


output power

-15 to -4 dBm (depending on span reach)

Maximum single channel


output power in long single
spans

18 dBm

Maximum composite power in


long single spans

30 dBm

Maximum mean total output


power of each wavelength
C-band
Table 49

108

A multichannel reference point on the optical fiber just


after the optical output connector of the NE transport
interface.

without external pumps: 7 to 17 dBm


(depending of span reach)
with external pumps: 22 dBm

Physical layers, interface at point MPI-SM

A42022-L5972-B051-02-7618
Issue: 2 Issue date: December 2007

Technical Description (TED)

Technical data

Interface at point MPI-SM


Central frequency

compliant to ITU-T G.694.1

Channel spacing

100 GHz

Maximum central frequency


deviation

12.5 GHz

Minimum channel extinction


ratio

8.2 dB

Table 49

Physical layers, interface at point MPI-SM (Cont.)

Optical path from point MPI-SM to point MPI-RM


Point MPI-SM

A multichannel reference point on the optical fiber just


after the optical output connector of the NE transport
interface.

Point MPI-RM

A multichannel reference point on the optical fiber just


after the optical input connector of the NE transport
interface.

Maximum span attenuation

14 to 43 dB (depending on span reach)

Minimum span attenuation

3 to 27 dB (depending on span reach)

Maximum span attenuation for


long single spans

65 dB (at EOL)

Minimum optical return loss

-18 dB to -24 dB (depending on span reach)

Maximum discrete reflectance -19 dB to -22 dB (depending on span reach)


10Gbit/s signals: 40 ps for 2 dB OSNR penalty

Maximum differential group


delay
Table 50

2.5 Gbit/s signals: 160 ps for 2 dB OSNR penalty

Physical layers, optical path (single span) from point MPI-SM to


point MPI-RM

Interface at point MPI-RM


Point MPI-RM

A multichannel reference point on the optical fiber just


after the optical input connector of the NE transport
interface.

Maximum mean channel input


power

-16 dBm

Minimum mean channel input


power

-30 dBm

Maximum mean total input


power

0 dBm

Table 51

A42022-L5972-B051-02-7618
Issue: 2 Issue date: December 2007

Physical layers, interface at point MPI-RM

109

Technical data

Technical Description (TED)

Interface at point MPI-RM


Maximum channel power
difference

10 dB

Maximum optical path penalty 3 to 5 dB


Table 51

9.2

Physical layers, interface at point MPI-RM (Cont.)

Interfaces
The following sub-chapters provide information about the SURPASS hiT 7300 line,
client and management interfaces.

9.2.1

Line interfaces
The following tables list important technical data about the line interfaces of the
SURPASS hiT 7300transponder cards.
For transponder card data, see chapter 9.3.12.
DWDM-SFP specifications
(standard version)
Connector

LC/PC

Modulation format

NRZ

Data rate

255/238*2.48832 = 2.666057 Gbit/s

Wavelength range

100 GHz channel grid in the C-band:


192.10 - 196.00 THz (wavelength selected)

Wavelength stability

12.5 GHz (100 pm)

Modulated spectral width


(-20dB)

0.5 nm

Side mode suppression ratio

> 30 dB

Output power

-1 dBm to +4 dBm

Output power stability

1 dB

Extinction ratio

> 8.2 dB at rated output power

Jitter performance

Acc. ITU G.8251

BOL Rx OSNR/0.1 nm without


12.3 dB for BER = 10-13 with FEC (standard G.709)
margin for temperature/ageing
(preFEC.~10-4), Back-to-Back
dispersion/PMD/PDL
Input power

-10 dBm to -28 dBm

Maximum input power

-5 dBm

Dispersion tolerance

-800 ps/nm to +1600 ps/nm for 2 dB OSNR penalty

Table 52

110

DWDM-SFP (2.5G) (standard version) optical line


interface specifications

A42022-L5972-B051-02-7618
Issue: 2 Issue date: December 2007

Technical Description (TED)

Technical data

Enhanced DWDM-SFP specifications


(with extended dispersion tolerance and output power)
Connector

LC/PC

Modulation format

NRZ

Data rate

255/238*2.48832 = 2.666057 Gbit/s

Wavelength range

100 GHz channel grid in the C-band:


192.10 - 196.00 THz (wavelength selected)

Wavelength stability

12.5 GHz (100 pm)

Modulated spectral width


(-20dB)

0.5 nm

Side mode suppression ratio

> 30 dB

Output power

+4 dBm to +7 dBm

Output power stability

1 dB

Extinction ratio

> 8.2 dB at rated output power

Jitter performance

Acc. ITU G.8251

BOL Rx OSNR/0.1 nm without


12.3 dB for BER = 10-13 with FEC (standard G.709)
margin for temperature/ageing
(preFEC.~10-4), Back-to-Back
dispersion/PMD/PDL
Input power

-10 dBm to -28 dBm

Maximum input power

-5 dBm

Dispersion tolerance

-1600 ps/nm to +3500 ps/nm for 2 dB OSNR penalty

Table 53

DWDM-SFP with extended dispersion tolerance (2.5G) optical line


interface specifications

CWDM-SFP C8S1-0D2 and C8S1-1D2 specifications


Connector

LC/PC

Modulation format

NRZ
C8S1-0D2: 1.06 to 1.25 Gbit/s

Data rate

C8S1-1D2: 2.13 to 2.67 Gbit/s

Wavelength range

1471 to 1611 nm with 20 nm channel spacing

Wavelength stability

6.5 nm

Modulated spectral width


(-20dB)

1.0 nm

Side mode suppression ratio

> 30 dB

Output power

0 dBm to +5 dBm

Extinction ratio

8.2 dB at rated output power

Table 54

A42022-L5972-B051-02-7618
Issue: 2 Issue date: December 2007

CWDM-SFP C8S1-0D2 and C8S1-1D2 optical line interface specifications

111

Technical data

Technical Description (TED)

CWDM-SFP C8S1-0D2 and C8S1-1D2 specifications


Jitter performance

Acc. ITU G.8251

Sensitivity

-18 dB

Input power

0 dBm to -18 dBm

Maximum input power

+3 dBm

Dispersion tolerance

-330 ps/nm to +1000 ps/nm for 1.5 dB OSNR penalty

Table 54

CWDM-SFP C8S1-0D2 and C8S1-1D2 optical line interface specifications

CWDM-SFP C8L1-0D2 and C8L1-1D2 specifications


Connector

LC/PC

Modulation format

NRZ
C8L1-0D2: 1.06 to 1.25 Gbit/s

Data rate

C8L1-1D2: 2.13 to 2.67 Gbit/s

Wavelength range

1471 to 1611 nm with 20 nm channel spacing

Wavelength stability

6.5 nm

Modulated spectral width


(-20dB)

1.0 nm

Side mode suppression ratio

> 30 dB

Output power

0 dBm to +5 dBm

Extinction ratio

8.2 dB at rated output power

Jitter performance

Acc. ITU G.8251

Sensitivity

-28 dB

Input power

-9 dBm to -28 dBm

Maximum input power

-5 dBm

Dispersion tolerance

-530 ps/nm to +1600 ps/nm for 2 dB OSNR penalty

Table 55

CWDM-SFP C8L1-0D2 and C8L1-1D2 optical line interface specifications

g Note that the DWDM SFP modules, with extended dispersion, are only available for
SON passive applications.
10G/Regio MSA300 interface specifications
(I01T10G-1 Regio and I08T10G-1 Regio transponders)
Connector

LC/PC

Modulation format

NRZ

Data rate

262/237 * 9.95328 = 11.00320 Gbit/s and up to


262/238 * 10.3125 = 11.3524 Gbit/s

Table 56

112

MSA300 (10G) Regio optical line interface specifications

A42022-L5972-B051-02-7618
Issue: 2 Issue date: December 2007

Technical Description (TED)

Technical data

10G/Regio MSA300 interface specifications


(I01T10G-1 Regio and I08T10G-1 Regio transponders)
Framing

OTU2 acc. to G.709v2

Wavelength range

100 GHz channel grid in the C-band:


191.70 - 196.10 THz, wavelength selected

Wavelength stability

12.5 GHz (100 pm)

Side mode suppression ratio

> 30 dB

Output power

-1 dBm to +2 dBm

Output power stability

0.5 dB

Extinction ratio

> 8.2 dB at rated output power

Jitter performance

Acc. ITU G.8251

BOL Rx OSNR/0.1 nm without


12.9 dB for BER =10-13 proprietary S-FEC
margin for temperature/ageing
(preFEC. 4*10-3), Back-to-Back
dispersion/PMD/PDL
Input power

-14 dBm to -2 dBm

Maximum input power

+1 dBm, without permanent degradation of the BOL


receiver OSNR

Dispersion tolerance

-400 ps/nm to +800 ps/nm for 2 dB OSNR penalty

Decision threshold level

Supports continuous decision threshold optimization

Table 56

MSA300 (10G) Regio optical line interface specifications (Cont.)

10G/LH MSA300 specifications


(I01T10G-1 LH and I08T10G-1 LH transponders)
Connector

LC/PC

Modulation format

NRZ

Modulator pre-chirp

00.2

Data rate

262/237 * 9.95328 = 11.00320 Gbit/s and up to


262/238 * 10.3125 = 11.3524 Gbit/s

Framing

OTU2 acc. to G.709v2


100 GHz channel grid in the C-band:
191.70 - 196.00 THz tunable to C-band via I2C bus

Wavelength range

Note that 50GHz spacing is not usable with


SURPASS hiT 7300 DWDM link. Only applicable for
SON

Wavelength stability

2.5 GHz (20 pm)

Laser line width


(unmodulated)

< 100 MHz

Side mode suppression ratio

> 40 dB

Table 57

A42022-L5972-B051-02-7618
Issue: 2 Issue date: December 2007

MSA300 (10G) LH optical line interface specifications

113

Technical data

Technical Description (TED)

10G/LH MSA300 specifications


(I01T10G-1 LH and I08T10G-1 LH transponders)
Output power

-0.7 dBm to +1.7 dBm

Output power stability

0.5 dB

Extinction ratio

> 12 dB at rated output power (without filter)

SBS suppression

peak-to-peak FM modulation 200 MHz to 1 GHz

Jitter performance

Acc. ITU G.8251

BOL Rx OSNR/0.1 nm without


10.5 dB for BER = 10-13 proprietary S-FEC (preFEC.
margin for temperature/ageing
4*10-3), Back-to-Back
dispersion/PMD/PDL
Input power

-14 dBm to -2 dBm

Maximum input power

+1 dBm

Dispersion tolerance

800 ps/nm to +800 ps/nm for 2 dB OSNR penalty

PMD tolerance

35 ps total DGD for 2 dB OSNR penalty

Decision threshold level

Supports continuous decision threshold optimization

Table 57

MSA300 (10G) LH optical line interface specifications (Cont.)

10G/LHD MSA300 with MLSE specifications


(I01T10G-1 LHD and I08T10G-1 LHD transponders)
Connector

LC/PC

Modulation format

NRZ

Modulator pre-chirp

00.2

Data rate

262/237 * 9.95328 = 11.00320 Gbit/s and up to


262/238 * 10.3125 = 11.3524 Gbit/s

Framing

OTU2 acc. to G.709v2


50 GHz channel grid in the C-band:
191.70 - 196.00 THz tunable to C-band via I2C bus

Wavelength range

Note that 50GHz spacing is not usable with


SURPASS hiT 7300 DWDM link. Only applicable for
SON

Wavelength stability

2.5 GHz (20 pm)

Laser line width


(unmodulated)

< 100 MHz

Side mode suppression ratio

> 40 dB

Output power

-1.0 dBm to +2.0 dBm

Output power stability

0.8 dB

Extinction ratio

> 12 dB at rated output power (without filter)

Table 58

114

MSA300 (10G) MLSE optical line interface specifications

A42022-L5972-B051-02-7618
Issue: 2 Issue date: December 2007

Technical Description (TED)

Technical data

10G/LHD MSA300 with MLSE specifications


(I01T10G-1 LHD and I08T10G-1 LHD transponders)
SBS suppression

peak-to-peak FM modulation 200 MHz to 1 GHz

Jitter performance

Acc. ITU G.8251

BOL Rx OSNR/0.1 nm without


11 dB for BER = 10-13 proprietary S-FEC (preFEC.
margin for temperature/ageing
4*10-3), Back-to-Back
dispersion/PMD/PDL
Input power

-14 dBm to -2 dBm

Maximum input power

+1 dBm

Dispersion tolerance

-1500 ps/nm to +1500 ps/nm for 2 dB OSNR penalty

PMD tolerance

50 ps total DGD for 2 dB OSNR penalty

Table 58

9.2.2

MSA300 (10G) MLSE optical line interface specifications (Cont.)

Client interfaces
The following tables list important technical data about the client interfaces of the
SURPASS hiT 7300 transponder cards.
For transponder card data see, chapter 9.3.12.
GbE SFP specifications
Connector

LC

Fiber type

Acc. to ITU-T G.652

Operating wavelength range

1000BASE-SX: 770-860 nm
1000BASE-LX: 1270-1355 nm
1000BASE-ZX: 1500-1580 nm
CWDM C8S1-0D2: 8 CWDM wavelengths
CWDM C8L1-0D2: 8 CWDM wavelengths
DWDM-SFP: 40 DWDM wavelengths
Enhanced DWDM-SFP: 40 DWDM wavelengths

Required extinction ratio

1000BASE-SX: 9 dB
1000BASE-LX: 9 dB
1000BASE-ZX: 9 dB
CWDM C8S1-0D2: 8.2 dB
CWDM C8L1-0D2: 8.2 dB
DWDM: 8.2 dB
Enhanced DWDM: 8.2 dB

Table 59

A42022-L5972-B051-02-7618
Issue: 2 Issue date: December 2007

GbE SFP optical client interfaces specifications

115

Technical data

Technical Description (TED)

GbE SFP specifications

Minimum optical return loss

1000BASE-SX: NA
1000BASE-LX: NA
1000BASE-ZX: 24 dB
CWDM C8S1-0D2: 24 dB
CWDM C8L1-0D2: 24 dB
DWDM: 24 dB
Enhanced DWDM: 24 dB

Maximum discrete reflectance

1000BASE-SX: NA
1000BASE-LX: NA
1000BASE-ZX: -27 dB
CWDM C8S1-0D2: -27 dB
CWDM C8L1-0D2: -27 dB
DWDM: -27 dB
Enhanced DWDM: -27 dB

Maximum input power overload

1000BASE-SX: 0 dBm
1000BASE-LX: -3 dBm
1000BASE-ZX: -3 dBm
CWDM C8S1-0D2: 0 dBm
CWDM C8L1-0D2: -9 dBm
DWDM: -10 dBm
Enhanced DWDM: -10 dBm

Minimum input sensitivity

1000BASE-SX: -17 dBm


1000BASE-LX: -19 dBm
1000BASE-ZX: -23 dBm
CWDM C8S1-0D2: -18 dBm
CWDM C8L1-0D2: -28 dBm
DWDM: -28 dBm
Enhanced DWDM: -28 dBm

Maximum output launch power

1000BASE-SX: 0 dBm
1000BASE-LX: -3 dBm
1000BASE-ZX: +5 dBm
CWDM C8S1-0D2: +5 dBm
CWDM C8L1-0D2: +5 dBm
DWDM: 4 dBm
Enhanced DWDM: 7 dBm

Maximum optical path penalty

1000BASE-SX: NA
1000BASE-LX: NA
1000BASE-ZX: 2 dB
CWDM C8S1-0D2: 1.5 dB
CWDM C8L1-0D2: 2.5 dB
DWDM: 2 dB
Enhanced DWDM: 2 dB

Table 59

116

GbE SFP optical client interfaces specifications (Cont.)

A42022-L5972-B051-02-7618
Issue: 2 Issue date: December 2007

Technical Description (TED)

Technical data

GbE SFP specifications


1000BASE-SX: -12 dB
1000BASE-LX: -12 dB
1000BASE-ZX: -27 dB
Maximum reflectance of receiver CWDM C8S1-0D2: -27 dB
CWDM C8L1-0D2: -27 dB
DWDM: -27 dB
Enhanced DWDM: -27 dB
1000BASE-SX: 0 to 7.5 dB
1000BASE-LX: 0 to 7.5 dB
1000BASE-ZX: 8 to 21 dB
CWDM C8S1-0D2: 16.5 dB
CWDMC8L1-0D2: 25.5 dB
DWDM: 25dB
Enhanced DWDM: 30 dB

Attenuation

Table 59

GbE SFP optical client interfaces specifications (Cont.)

Electrical GbE (1000BASE-T)


Cabling

CAT 5 (or better) according to IEEE802.3 clause 40

Common mode voltage

50 mV

Return loss

16 dB

Table 60

Electrical GbE client interfaces specifications

10GbE XFP specifications


Connector

LC

Fiber type

SMF (MMF for 10GbE-SR/SW)

Operating wavelength range

10GbE-SR/SW: 840-860 nm
10GbE-LR/LW: 1260-1355 nm
10GbE-ER/EW: 1530-1565 nm
10GbE-ZR/ZW: 1530-1565 nm

Required extinction ratio

10GbE-SR/SW: 3 dB
10GbE-LR/LW: 3.5 dB
10GbE-ER/EW: 3 dB
10GbE-ZR/ZW: 9 dB

Minimum optical return loss

10GbE-SR/SW: 12 dB
10GbE-LR/LW: 12 dB
10GbE-ER/EW: 21 dB
10GbE-ZR/ZW: 27 dB

Table 61

A42022-L5972-B051-02-7618
Issue: 2 Issue date: December 2007

10GbE XFP optical client interfaces specifications

117

Technical data

Technical Description (TED)

10GbE XFP specifications

Mean input power overload

10GbE-SR/SW: -1 dBm
10GbE-LR/LW: 0.5 dBm
10GbE-ER/EW: -1 dBm
10GbE-ZR/ZW: -7 dBm

Minimum input sensitivity

10GbE-SR/SW: -11.1 dBm


10GbE-LR/LW: -12.6 dBm
10GbE-ER/EW: -14.1 dBm
10GbE-ZR/ZW: -24 dBm

Maximum output launch power

10GbE-SR/SW: -1 dBm
10GbE-LR/LW: 0.5 dBm
10GbE-ER/EW: 4 dBm
10GbE-ZR/ZW: 4 dBm

Maximum optical path penalty

10GbE-SR/SW: NA
10GbE-LR/LW: 3.2 dB
10GbE-ER/EW: 3 dB
10GbE-ZR/ZW: 2 dB

10GbE-SR/SW: -12 dB
10GbE-LR/LW: -12 dB
Maximum reflectance of receiver
10GbE-ER/EW: -26 dB
10GbE-ZR/ZW: -27 dB
10GbE-SR/SW: 1.6 to 2.6 dB
10GbE-LR/LW: 0 to 6.2 dB
10GbE-ER/EW: 5 to 10.9 dB
10GbE-ZR/ZW: 11 to 22 dB

Attenuation

Table 61

10GbE XFP optical client interfaces specifications (Cont.)

STM-16/OC-48 SFP specifications


Connector

LC

Fiber type

ITU-T G.652/G.653

Operating wavelength range

I-16/SR: 1266-1360 nm
S-16.1/IR-1: 1260-1360 nm
L-16.1/LR-1: 1280-1335 nm
L-16.2/LR-2: 1500-1580 nm
CWDM C8S1-1D2: 8 CWDM wavelengths
CWDM C8L1-1D2: 8 CWDM wavelengths
DWDM-SFP: 40 DWDM wavelengths
Enhanced DWDM-SFP: 40 DWDM wavelengths

Table 62

118

STM-16/OC-48 optical client interfaces specifications

A42022-L5972-B051-02-7618
Issue: 2 Issue date: December 2007

Technical Description (TED)

Technical data

STM-16/OC-48 SFP specifications

Required extinction ratio

I-16/SR: 8.2 dB
S-16.1/IR-1: 8.2 dB
L-16.1/LR-1: 8.2 dB
L-16.2/LR-2: 8.2 dB
CWDM C8S1-1D2: 8.2 dB
CWDM C8L1-1D2: 8.2 dB
DWDM: 8.2 dB
Enhanced DWDM: 8.2 dB

Minimum optical return loss

I-16/SR: 24 dB
S-16.1/IR-1: 24 dB
L-16.1/LR-1: 24 dB
L-16.2/LR-2: 24 dB
CWDM C8S1-1D2: 24 dB
CWDM C8L1-1D2: 24 dB
DWDM: 24 dB
Enhanced DWDM: 24 dB

Maximum discrete reflectance

I-16/SR: -27 dB
S-16.1/IR-1: -27 dB
L-16.1/LR-1: -27 dB
L-16.2/LR-2: -27 dB
CWDM C8S1-1D2: -27 dB
CWDM C8L1-1D2: -27 dB
DWDM: -27 dB
Enhanced DWDM: -27 dB

Minimum input power overload

I-16/SR: -3 dBm
S-16.1/IR-1: 0 dBm
L-16.1/LR-1: -9 dBm
L-16.2/LR-2: -9 dBm
CWDM C8S1-1D2: 0 dBm
CWDM C8L1-1D2: -9 dBm
DWDM: -10 dBm
Enhanced DWDM: -10 dBm

Minimum input sensitivity

I-16/SR: -18 dBm


S-16.1/IR-1: -18 dBm
L-16.1/LR-1: -27 dBm
L-16.2/LR-2: -28 dBm
CWDM C8S1-1D2: -18 dBm
CWDM C8L1-1D2: -28 dBm
DWDM: -28 dBm
Enhanced DWDM: -28 dBm

Table 62

A42022-L5972-B051-02-7618
Issue: 2 Issue date: December 2007

STM-16/OC-48 optical client interfaces specifications (Cont.)

119

Technical data

Technical Description (TED)

STM-16/OC-48 SFP specifications

Maximum output launch power

I-16/SR: -3 dBm
S-16.1/IR-1: 0 dBm
L-16.1LR-1: 3 dBm
L-16.2/LR-2: 3 dBm
C8S1-1D2: 5 dBm
C8L1-1D2: 5 dBm
DWDM: 4 dBm
Enhanced DWDM: 7 dBm

Maximum optical path penalty

I-16/SR: 1 dB
S-16.1/IR-1: 1 dB
L-16.1/LR-1: 1 dB
L-16.2/LR-2: 2 dB
CWDM C8S1-1D2: 1.5 dB
CWDM C8L1-1D2: 2.5 dB
DWDM: 2 dB
Enhanced DWDM: 2 dB

I-16/SR: -27 dB
S-16.1/IR-1: -27 dB
L-16.1/LR-1: -27 dB
L-16.2/LR-2: -27 dB
Maximum reflectance of receiver
CWDM C8S1-1D2: -27 dB
CWDM C8L1-1D2: -27 dB
DWDM: -27 dB
Enhanced DWDM: -27 dB
I-16/SR: 0 to 7 dB
S-16.1/IR-1: 0 to 12 dB
L-16.1/LR-1: 10 to 24 dB
L-16.2/LR-2: 10 to 24 dB
CWDM C8S1-1D2: 16.5 dB
CWDM C8L1-1D2: 25.5 dB
DWDM: 25dB
Enhanced DWDM: 30 dB

Attenuation

Table 62

STM-16/OC-48 optical client interfaces specifications (Cont.)

STM-64/OC-192 SFP specifications


Connector

LC

Fiber type

ITU-T G.652/G.653

Operating wavelength range

I-64.1/SR-1: 1290-1330 nm
S-64.2/IR-2b: 1530-1565 nm
P1L1-2D2: 1530-1565 nm

Table 63

120

STM-64/OC-192 optical client interfaces specifications

A42022-L5972-B051-02-7618
Issue: 2 Issue date: December 2007

Technical Description (TED)

Technical data

STM-64/OC-192 SFP specifications


Required extinction ratio

I-64.1/SR-1: 6 dB
S-64.2b/IR-2b: 8.2 dB
P1L1-2D2: 9 dB

Minimum optical return loss

I-64.1/SR-1: 14 dB
S-64.2b/IR-2b: 24 dB
P1L1-2D2: 24 dB

Maximum discrete reflectance

I-64.1/SR-1: -27 dB
S-64.2b/IR-2b: -27 dB
P1L1-2D2: -27 dB

Mean input power overload

I-64.1/SR-1: -1 dBm
S-64.2b/IR-2b: -1 dBm
P1L1-2D2: -7 dBm

Minimum input sensitivity

I-64.1/SR-1: -11 dBm


S-64.2b/IR-2b: -14 dBm
P1L1-2D2: -24 dBm

Maximum output launch power

I-64.1/SR-1: -1 dBm
S-64.2b/IR-2b: 2 dBm
P1L1-2D2: 4 dBm

Maximum optical path penalty

I-64.1/SR-1: 1 dB
S-64.2b/IR-2b: 2 dB
P1L1-2D2: 2 dB

I-64.1/SR-1: -14 dB
Maximum reflectance of receiver S-64.2b/IR-2b: -27 dB
P1L1-2D2: -27 dB
I-64.1/SR-1: 0 to 4 dB
S-64.2b/IR-2b: 3 to 11 dB
P1L1-2D2: 11 to 22 dB

Attenuation

Table 63

STM-64/OC-192 optical client interfaces specifications (Cont.)

OTU1 SFP specifications


Connector

LC

Fiber type

ITU-T G.652/G.653

Operating wavelength range

P1I1-1D1:1266-1360 nm
P1S1-1D1: 1260-1360 nm
P1L1-1D1: 1280-1335 nm
P1L1-1D2:1500-1580 nm
CWDM C8S1-1D2: 8 CWDM wavelengths
CWDM C8L1-1D2: 8 CWDM wavelengths
DWDM-SFP: 40 DWDM wavelengths
Enhanced DWDM-SFP: 40 DWDM wavelengths

Table 64

A42022-L5972-B051-02-7618
Issue: 2 Issue date: December 2007

OTU1 optical client interfaces specifications

121

Technical data

Technical Description (TED)

OTU1 SFP specifications

Required extinction ratio

P1I1-1D1: 8.2 dB
P1S1-1D1: 8.2 dB
P1L1-1D1: 8.2 dB
P1L1-1D2: 8.2 dB
CWDM C8S1-1D2: 8.2 dB
CWDM C8L1-1D2: 8.2 dB
DWDM: 8.2 dB
Enhanced DWDM: 8.2 dB

Minimum optical return loss

P1I1-1D1: 14 dB
P1S1-1D1: 14 dB
P1L1-1D1: 24 dB
P1L1-1D2: 24 dB
CWDM C8S1-1D2: 24 dB
CWDM C8L1-1D2: 24 dB
DWDM: 24 dB
Enhanced DWDM: 24 dB

Maximum discrete reflectance

P1I1-1D1: -27 dB
P1S1-1D1: -27 dB
P1L1-1D1: -27 dB
P1L1-1D2: -27 dB
CWDM C8S1-1D2: -27 dB
CWDM C8L1-1D2: -27 dB
DWDM: -27 dB
Enhanced DWDM: -27 dB

Mean input power overload

P1I1-1D1: -3 dBm
P1S1-1D1: 0 dBm
P1L1-1D1: -9 dBm
P1L1-1D2: -9 dBm
CWDM C8S1-1D2: 0 dBm
CWDM C8L1-1D2: -9 dBm
DWDM: -10 dBm
Enhanced DWDM: -10 dBm

Minimum input sensitivity

P1I1-1D1: -17 dBm


P1S1-1D1: -17 dBm
P1L1-1D1: -25 dBm
P1L1-1D2: -27 dBm
CWDM C8S1-1D2: -18 dBm
CWDM C8L1-1D2: -28 dBm
DWDM: -28 dBm
Enhanced DWDM: -28 dBm

Table 64

122

OTU1 optical client interfaces specifications (Cont.)

A42022-L5972-B051-02-7618
Issue: 2 Issue date: December 2007

Technical Description (TED)

Technical data

OTU1 SFP specifications

Maximum output launch power

P1I1-1D1: -3 dBm
P1S1-1D1: 0 dBm
P1L1-1D1: 3 dBm
P1L1-1D2: 3 dBm
CWDM C8S1-1D2: 5 dBm
CWDM C8L1-1D2: 5 dBm
DWDM: 4 dBm
Enhanced DWDM: 7 dBm

Maximum optical path penalty

P1I1-1D1: 1 dB
P1S1-1D1: 1 dB
P1L1-1D1: 1 dB
P1L1-1D2: 3 dB
CWDM C8S1-1D2: 1.5 dB
CWDM C8L1-1D2: 2.5 dB
DWDM: 2 dB
Enhanced DWDM: 2 dB

P1I1-1D1: -14 dB
P1S1-1D1: -14 dB
P1L1-1D1: -27 dB
P1L1-1D2: -27 dB
Maximum reflectance of receiver
CWDM C8S1-1D2: -27 dB
CWDM C8L1-1D2: -27 dB
DWDM: -27 dB
Enhanced DWDM: -27 dB
P1I1-1D1: 0 to 6 dB
P1S1-1D1: 0 to 11 dB
P1L1-1D1: 10 to 22 dB
P1L1-1D2: 10 to 22 dB
CWDM C8S1-1D2: 16.5 dB
CWDM C8L1-1D2: 25.5 dB
DWDM: 25 dB
Enhanced DWDM: 30 dB

Attenuation

Table 64

OTU1 optical client interfaces specifications (Cont.)

OTU2 SFP specifications


Connector

LC

Fiber type

ITU-T G.652/G.653

Operating wavelength range

P1I1-2D1: 1290-1330 nm
P1S1-2D2b: 1530-1565 nm
P1L1-2D2: 1530-1565 nm

Table 65

A42022-L5972-B051-02-7618
Issue: 2 Issue date: December 2007

OTU2 optical client interfaces specifications

123

Technical data

Technical Description (TED)

OTU2 SFP specifications


Required extinction ratio

P1I1-2D1: 6 dB
P1S1-2D2b: 8.2 dB
P1L1-2D2: 9 dB

Minimum optical return loss

P1I1-2D1: 14 dB
P1S1-2D2b: 24 dB
P1L1-2D2: 24 dB

Maximum discrete reflectance

P1I1-2D1: -27 dB
P1S1-2D2b: -27 dB
P1L1-2D2: -27 dB

Mean input power overload

P1I1-2D1: -1 dBm
P1S1-2D2b: -1 dBm
P1L1-2D2: -7 dBm

Minimum input sensitivity

P1I1-2D1: -11 dBm


P1S1-2D2b: -14 dBm
P1L1-2D2: -24 dBm

Maximum output launch power

P1I1-2D1: -1 dBm
P1S1-2D2b: 2 dBm
P1L1-2D2: 4 dBm

Maximum optical path penalty

P1I1-2D1: 1 dB
P1S1-2D2b: 2 dB
P1L1-2D2: 2 dB

P1I1-2D1: -14 dB
Maximum reflectance of receiver P1S1-2D2b: -27 dB
P1L1-2D2: -27 dB
Attenuation

Table 65

P1I1-2D1: 0 to 4 dB
P1S1-2D2b: 3 to 11 dB
P1L1-2D2: 11 to 22 dB
OTU2 optical client interfaces specifications (Cont.)

FC and FICON SFP specifications


Connector

LC

Fiber type

100-M5-SN-I: MMF
200-M5-SN-I: MMF
100-SM-LC-L: SMF
200-SM-LC-L: SMF
100-SM-LL-V: SMF
200-SM-LL-V: SMF

Table 66

124

FC and FICON optical client interfaces specifications

A42022-L5972-B051-02-7618
Issue: 2 Issue date: December 2007

Technical Description (TED)

Technical data

FC and FICON SFP specifications

Operating wavelength range

100-M5-SN-I: 770-860 nm
200-M5-SN-I: 830-860 nm
100-SM-LC-L: 1300 nm
200-SM-LC-L: 1300 nm
100-SM-LL-V: 1480-1580 nm
200-SM-LL-V: 1480-1580 nm
CWDM C8S1-0D2: 8 CWDM wavelengths
CWDM C8L1-0D2: 8 CWDM wavelengths
CWDM C8S1-1D2: 8 CWDM wavelengths
CWDM C8L1-1D2: 8 CWDM wavelengths
DWDM-SFP: 40 DWDM wavelengths
Enhanced DWDM-SFP: 40 DWDM wavelengths

Required extinction ratio

100-M5-SN-I: 6 dB
200-M5-SN-I: 6 dB
100-SM-LC-L: 6 dB
200-SM-LC-L: 6 dB
100-SM-LL-V: 6 dB
200-SM-LL-V: 6 dB
CWDM C8S1-0D2: 8.2 dB
CWDM C8L1-0D2: 8.2 dB
CWDM C8S1-1D2: 8.2 dB
CWDM C8L1-1D2: 8.2 dB
DWDM: 8.2 dB
Enhanced DWDM: 8.2 dB

Minimum optical return loss

100-M5-SN-I: 12 dB
200-M5-SN-I: 12 dB
100-SM-LC-L: 12 dB
200-SM-LC-L: 12 dB
100-SM-LL-V: 12 dB
200-SM-LL-V: 12 dB
CWDM C8S1-0D2: 24 dB
CWDM C8L1-0D2: 24 dB
CWDM C8S1-1D2: 24 dB
CWDM C8L1-1D2: 24 dB
DWDM: 24 dB
Enhanced DWDM: 24 dB

Table 66

A42022-L5972-B051-02-7618
Issue: 2 Issue date: December 2007

FC and FICON optical client interfaces specifications (Cont.)

125

Technical data

Technical Description (TED)

FC and FICON SFP specifications

Mean input power overload

100-M5-SN-I: 0 dBm
200-M5-SN-I: 0 dBm
100-SM-LC-L: -3 dBm
200-SM-LC-L: -3 dBm
100-SM-LL-V: -3 dBm
200-SM-LL-V: -3 dBm
CWDM C8S1-0D2: 0 dBm
CWDM C8L1-0D2: -9 dBm
CWDM C8S1-1D2: 0 dBm
CWDM C8L1-1D2: -9 dBm
DWDM: -10 dBm
Enhanced DWDM: -10 dBm

Minimum input sensitivity

100-M5-SN-I: -15.1 dBm


200-M5-SN-I: -13.1 dBm
100-SM-LC-L: -18.2 dBm
200-SM-LC-L: -18.2 dBm
100-SM-LL-V: -11 dBm
200-SM-LL-V: -18 dBm
CWDM C8S1-0D2: -18 dBm
CWDM C8L1-0D2: -28 dBm
CWDM C8S1-1D2: -18 dBm
CWDM C8L1-1D2: -28 dBm
DWDM: -28 dBm
Enhanced DWDM: -28 dBm

Maximum output launch power

100-M5-SN-I: 0 dBm
200-M5-SN-I: 0 dBm
100-SM-LC-L: -3 dBm
200-SM-LC-L: -3 dBm
100-SM-LL-V: 5 dBm
200-SM-LL-V: 5 dBm
CWDM C8S1-0D2: 5 dBm
CWDM C8L1-0D2: 5 dBm
CWDM C8S1-1D2: 5 dBm
CWDM C8L1-1D2: 5 dBm
DWDM: 4 dBm
Enhanced DWDM: 7 dBm

Table 66

126

FC and FICON optical client interfaces specifications (Cont.)

A42022-L5972-B051-02-7618
Issue: 2 Issue date: December 2007

Technical Description (TED)

Technical data

FC and FICON SFP specifications

Maximum optical path penalty

100-M5-SN-I: NA
200-M5-SN-I: NA
100-SM-LC-L: NA
200-SM-LC-L: NA
100-SM-LL-V: 1.5 dB
200-SM-LL-V: 1.5 dB
CWDM C8S1-0D2: 1.5 dB
CWDM C8L1-0D2: 2.5 dB
CWDM C8S1-1D2: 1.5 dB
CWDM C8L1-1D2: 2.5 dB
DWDM: 2 dB
Enhanced DWDM: 2 dB

100-M5-SN-I: 12 dB
200-M5-SN-I: 12 dB
100-SM-LC-L: 12 dB
200-SM-LC-L: 12 dB
100-SM-LL-V: 12 dB
200-SM-LL-V: 12 dB
Maximum reflectance of receiver
CWDM C8S1-0D2: -27 dB
CWDM C8L1-0D2: -27 dB
CWDM C8S1-1D2: -27 dB
CWDM C8L1-1D2: -27 dB
DWDM: -27 dB
Enhanced DWDM: -27 dB

Attenuation

Table 66

A42022-L5972-B051-02-7618
Issue: 2 Issue date: December 2007

100-M5-SN-I: 3.85 dB
200-M5-SN-I: 2.62 dB
100-SM-LC-L: 4.8 dB
200-SM-LC-L: 7.8 dB
100-SM-LL-V: 18.5 dB
200-SM-LL-V: 18.5 dB
CWDM C8S1-0D2: 16.5 dB
CWDMC8L1-0D2: 25.5 dB
CWDM C8S1-1D2: 16.5 dB
CWDM C8L1-1D2: 25.5 dB
DWDM: 25dB
Enhanced DWDM: 30 dB
FC and FICON optical client interfaces specifications (Cont.)

127

Technical data

Technical Description (TED)

9.2.3

Management interfaces
The following tables list important technical data about the management interfaces of
the SURPASS hiT 7300 controller cards.
For controller card data see, chapter 9.3.1.
User channels, ILANs, Q and QF specifications
Connector

8 pin - RJ45

Compliant with

IEEE802.3
10B-T: Manchester coding

Codification

100B-T: MLT-3 coding

Communication type

Full duplex

Connection type (topology)

10/100BaseT (Star)

Inputs/outputs

2 x Rx/2 x Tx

Line speed

10/100 Mbit/s

Impedance

100 symmetrical lines

Clock

No Clock signal, Clock Recovery from data signal

Table 67

User channels, ILANs, Q and QF interfaces specifications

EOW specifications
(handset interface)
Connector

RJ22

Realization

4-wire handset

Transmission range

300 to 3400 Hz

Dialing:
method
transmit level
receive level

DTMF
-14 to -9 dBm0
-30 to 0 dBm0

Input/output impedance

600 /600 balanced

Input level

0 dBr

Output level

14 dBr

Table 68

EOW handset interface specifications

EOW specifications
(shelf-interconnector interface)
Connector

D-SUB 9 pin

Realization

4-wire interface

Table 69

128

EOW shelf-interconnect interface specifications

A42022-L5972-B051-02-7618
Issue: 2 Issue date: December 2007

Technical Description (TED)

Technical data

EOW specifications
(shelf-interconnector interface)
Transmission range

300 to 3400 Hz

Dialing:
method
transmit level
receive level

DTMF
-14 to -9 dBm0
-30 to 0 dBm0

Input/output impedance

600 /600 balanced

Input level

-4/ +16 dBr (set via SW)

Output level

-4/ +7 dBr (set via SW)

Table 69

EOW shelf-interconnect interface specifications (Cont.)

TIF specifications
Connector

D-SUB 25 pin

Number of inputs (sensors)


available per shelf

16

Input voltage range (DC)

0 V to 75 V

Input voltage range for inactive


Open or 0 V to 3 V
state
Input voltage range for active
state

30 V to 75 V

Maximum input current

3 mA

Number of outputs (actors)


available per shelf (user
defined outputs)

Output voltage range

75 V

Maximum output current

200 mA

Number of outputs (actors)


available per shelf
(pre-defined outputs)

Output voltage range

75 V

Maximum output current

200 mA

Table 70

A42022-L5972-B051-02-7618
Issue: 2 Issue date: December 2007

TIF interface specifications

129

Technical data

Technical Description (TED)

TIF distribution panel CTDP-1


For ANSI and ETSI racks:
583 mm wide x 44 mm high x 125 mm deep
(23 inches wide x 1.7 inches high x 5 inches deep)

Dimensions

1 x D-SUB 25 pin (for CCEP-1 card of hiT 7300)

Connectors

5 x D-SUB 9 pin (for OEM system alarm collection)

Number of inputs (sensors)


available

16

Input voltage range (DC)

0 V to 75 V

Input voltage range for inactive


Open or 0 V to 3 V
state
Input voltage range for active
state

30 V to 75 V

Maximum input current

3 mA

Table 71

130

CTDP-1 specifications

A42022-L5972-B051-02-7618
Issue: 2 Issue date: December 2007

Technical Description (TED)

9.3

Technical data

Cards and equipments


The following sub-chapters provide information about the SURPASS hiT 7300 cards
and equipments.

9.3.1

Controller cards
The following tables list important technical data about the controller cards used in the
SURPASS hiT 7300 system.
CCEP-1 specifications
Overall dimensions

70 mm wide x 326 mm high x 246 mm deep


(2.76 inch wide x 12.84 inch high x 9.69 inch deep)

Number of occupied slots

Weight

1.0 kg

Compact flash capacity

512 MBytes

Type of front panel connectors

1 RJ22
1 D-SUB 9
6 RJ45
2 D-SUB 25

Front panel LEDs

1 OK (green)
1 Fault (red)
4 UBAT 1 to 4 (green)
1 COM-AL/CRIT (red)
1 COM-AL/MAJ (orange)
1 COM-AL/MIN (yellow)
1 EQUIP-AL/CRIT (red)
1 EQUIP-AL/MAJ (orange)
1 EQUIP-AL/MIN (yellow)
1 INFO (green/red)
2 User 1 (green)
2 User 2 (green)
2 ILAN 1 (green)
2 ILAN 2(green)
2 QF (green)
2 Q (green)
1 ACO (blue)

Services and protocols

SNMPv3 via UDP


HTTP via TCP/IP
FTPS via TCP/IP
FTP via TCP/IP

Table 72

A42022-L5972-B051-02-7618
Issue: 2 Issue date: December 2007

CCEP-1 card specifications

131

Technical data

Technical Description (TED)

CCMP-1 specifications
40 mm wide x 326 mm high x 246 mm deep

Overall dimensions

(1.57 inch wide x 12.84 inch high x 9.69 inch deep)

Number of occupied slots

Weight

0.7 kg

Compact flash capacity

512 MBytes

Type of front panel connectors

1 RJ22
1 D-SUB 9
6 RJ45

Front panel LEDs

1 OK (green)
1 Fault (red)
4 UBAT 1 to 4 (green)
1 COM-AL/CRIT (red)
1 COM-AL/MAJ (orange)
1 COM-AL/MIN (yellow)
1 EQUIP-AL/CRIT (red)
1 EQUIP-AL/MAJ (orange)
1 EQUIP-AL/MIN (yellow)
1 INFO (green/red)
2 User 1 (green)
2 User 2 (green)
2 ILAN 1 (green)
2 ILAN 2(green)
2 QF (green)
2 Q (green)

Services and protocols

SNMPv3 via UDP


HTTP via TCP/IP
FTPS via TCP/IP
FTP via TCP/IP

Table 73

CCMP-1 card specifications

CCSP-1 specifications
Overall dimensions

(1.57 inch wide x 12.84 inch high x 9.69 inch deep)

Number of occupied slots

Weight

0.95 kg

Type of front panel connectors

1 RJ22
1 D-SUB 9
6 RJ45

Table 74

132

40 mm wide x 326 mm high x 246 mm deep

CCSP-1 card specifications

A42022-L5972-B051-02-7618
Issue: 2 Issue date: December 2007

Technical Description (TED)

Technical data

CCSP-1 specifications

Front panel LEDs

Table 74

9.3.2

1 OK (green)
1 Fault (red)
4 UBAT 1 to 4 (green)
1 COM-AL/CRIT (red)
1 COM-AL/MAJ (orange)
1 COM-AL/MIN (yellow)
1 EQUIP-AL/CRIT (red)
1 EQUIP-AL/MAJ (orange)
1 EQUIP-AL/MIN (yellow)
1 INFO (green/red)
2 User 1 (green)
2 User 2 (green)
2 ILAN 1 (green)
2 ILAN 2(green)
2 QF (green)
2 Q (green)

CCSP-1 card specifications (Cont.)

Line amplifier cards


The following tables list important technical data about the line amplifier cards used in
the SURPASS hiT 7300 system.
LALIC-1, LALBC-1 and LALBCH-1 specifications
Overall dimensions

60 mm wide x 326 mm high x 230 mm deep


(2.36 inch wide x 11.42 inch high x 9.06 inch deep)

Number of occupied slots

Weight

1.9 kg

Type of front panel fiber


connectors

1 x optical-electrical hybrid-cable with E2000/HRL


connector (for connection of pump cards)
4 x LC/PC
1 x LC/PC (monitor output)

Front panel LEDs


Maximum output power
Laser class

Minimum external gain


(from input to output connector)

A42022-L5972-B051-02-7618
Issue: 2 Issue date: December 2007

with external pump PL-1: 22 dBm


without external pump PL-1: 17 dBm
Class 1M with APSD

Maximum interstage loss

Table 75

OK (green) and Fault (red)

with 1 x FBG DCM or 1 x 2 slots DCF DCM: 4 dB


with 2 x FBG DCMs or 1 x 3 slots DCF DCM: 8 dB
17 dB

LALIC-1, LALBC-1 and LALBCH-1 cards specifications

133

Technical data

Technical Description (TED)

LALIC-1, LALBC-1 and LALBCH-1 specifications


Maximum external gain
(from input to output connector)

32 dB

Number of internal pump lasers

Power of pumps

350 mW (each)

Wavelength of pumps

980 nm (each)

EDFA tilt for optimum noise


figure

0.30 dB/THz

Gain ripple

0.5 dB

Table 75

LALIC-1, LALBC-1 and LALBCH-1 cards specifications (Cont.)

LALPC-1 specifications
Overall dimensions

60 mm wide x 326 mm high x 230 mm deep


(2.36 inch wide x 11.42 inch high x 9.06 inch deep)

Number of occupied slots

Weight

1.9 kg

Type of front panel fiber


connectors

1 x optical-electrical hybrid-cable with E2000/HRL


connector (for connection of pump cards)
4 x LC/PC
1 x LC/PC (monitor output)

Front panel LEDs


Maximum output power
Laser class

with external pump PL-1: 22.7 dBm


without external pump PL-1: 17.4 dBm
Class 1M with APSD

Maximum interstage loss

with 1 x FBG DCM or 1 x 2 slots DCF DCM: 4 dB


with 2 x FBG DCMs or 1 x 3 slots DCF DCM: 8 dB

Minimum external gain


(from input to output connector)

17 dB

Maximum external gain


(from input to output connector)

32 dB

Number of internal pump lasers

Power of pumps

350 mW (each)

Wavelength of pumps

980 nm (each)

EDFA tilt for optimum noise


figure

0.30 dB/THz

Gain ripple

0.5 dB

Table 76

134

OK (green) and Fault (red)

LALPC-1 card specifications

A42022-L5972-B051-02-7618
Issue: 2 Issue date: December 2007

Technical Description (TED)

Technical data

LAMIC-1 specifications
30 mm wide x 326 mm high x 230 mm deep

Overall dimensions

(1.18 inch wide x 11.42 inch high x 9.06 inch deep)

Number of occupied slots

Weight

1.3 kg

Type of front panel fiber


connectors

4 x LC/PC

Front panel LEDs

OK (green) and Fault (red)

Maximum output power

17 dBm

Laser class

Class 1M with APSD

1 x LC/PC (monitor output)

with 1 x FBG DCM or 1 x 2 slots DCF DCM: 4 dB

Maximum interstage loss

with 2 x FBG DCMs or 1 x 3 slots DCF DCM: 6 dB

Minimum external gain


(from input to output connector)

12 dB

Maximum external gain


(from input to output connector)

31 dB

Number of internal pump lasers

Power of pumps

350 mW

Wavelength of pumps

980 nm

EDFA tilt for optimum noise


figure

0 dB/THz

Gain ripple

0.5 dB

Table 77

LAMIC-1 card specifications

LAMPC-1 specifications
Overall dimensions

30 mm wide x 326 mm high x 230 mm deep


(1.18 inch wide x 11.42 inch high x 9.06 inch deep)

Number of occupied slots

Weight

1.3 kg

Type of front panel fiber


connectors

4 x LC/PC

Front panel LEDs

OK (green) and Fault (red)

Maximum output power

17.7 dBm

Laser class

Class 1M with APSD

Table 78

A42022-L5972-B051-02-7618
Issue: 2 Issue date: December 2007

1 x LC/PC (monitor output)

LAMPC-1 card specifications

135

Technical data

Technical Description (TED)

LAMPC-1 specifications
with 1 x FBG DCM or 1 x 2 slots DCF DCM: 4 dB

Maximum interstage loss

with 2 x FBG DCMs or 1 x 3 slots DCF DCM: 6 dB

Minimum external gain


(from input to output connector)

12 dB

Maximum external gain


(from input to output connector)

31 dB

Number of internal pump lasers

Power of pumps

350 mW

Wavelength of pumps

980 nm

EDFA tilt for optimum noise


figure

0 dB/THz

Gain ripple

0.5 dB

Table 78

LAMPC-1 card specifications (Cont.)

LASBC-1 specifications
Overall dimensions

(1.18 inch wide x 11.42 inch high x 9.06 inch deep)

Number of occupied slots

Weight

1.3 kg

Type of front panel fiber


connectors

2 x LC/PC

Front panel LEDs

OK (green) and Fault (red)

Maximum output power

17 dBm

Laser class

Class 1M with APSD

Minimum external gain


(from input to output connector)

10 dB

Maximum external gain


(from input to output connector)

20 dB

Number of internal pump lasers

Power of pumps

250 mW

Wavelength of pumps

980 nm

EDFA tilt for optimum noise


figure

0 dB/THz

Gain ripple

0.5 dB

Table 79

136

30 mm wide x 326 mm high x 230 mm deep

1 x LC/PC (monitor output)

LASBC-1 card specifications

A42022-L5972-B051-02-7618
Issue: 2 Issue date: December 2007

Technical Description (TED)

9.3.3

Technical data

Raman Pump card


The following table lists important technical data about the Raman pump card used in
the SURPASS hiT 7300 system.
PRC-1 specifications
Overall dimensions

(2.36 inch wide x 12.84 inch high x 9.69 inch deep)

Number of occupied slots

Weight

2.9 kg

Type of front panel fiber


connectors

4 x LC/PC

Front panel LEDs

OK (green) and Fault (red)

Pump maximum output power

25.5 dBm per wavelength (28.5 dBm total both


wavelengths)

Laser class

Class 1M with APSD

Typical insertion loss


for monitor paths

ILMonLINE = 22 dB
ILMonOSC = 15 dB
ILMonPUMP = 22 dB

Minimum Raman gain

10.5 dB

Maximum Raman gain


(from input to output connector)

17.5 dB

Number of internal pump lasers

Power of pumps

250 mW (per pump)

Wavelength of pumps

Wavelength1 = 1425 nm
Wavelength2 = 1452 nm

Table 80

9.3.4

60 mm wide x 326 mm high x 246 mm deep

PRC-1 card specifications

External pump card


The following table lists important technical data about the external pump card used in
the SURPASS hiT 7300 system.
PL-1 specifications
Overall dimensions

30 mm wide x 326 mm high x 246 mm deep


(1.18 inch wide x 12.84 inch high x 9.69 inch deep)

Number of occupied slots

Weight

1.0 kg

Type of front panel fiber


connectors

1 x electrical hybrid-cable with an angled E2000


(behind faceplate for safety purposes)

Table 81

A42022-L5972-B051-02-7618
Issue: 2 Issue date: December 2007

PL-1 card specifications

137

Technical data

Technical Description (TED)

PL-1 specifications
Front panel LEDs

OK (green) and Fault (red)

Laser class

Class 1M with APSD

Number of pump lasers

Power of pump

300 mW

Wavelength of pump

1480 nm

Table 81

9.3.5

PL-1 card specifications (Cont.)

Channel power monitor card


The following table lists important technical data about the channel power monitor card
used in the SURPASS hiT 7300 system.
MCP404-1 and MCP404-2 specifications
Overall dimensions

(1.18 inch wide x 12.84 inch high x 9.69 inch deep)

Number of occupied slots

Weight

1.0 kg

Type of front panel fiber


connectors

8 x LC/PC

Front panel LEDs

OK (green) and Fault (red)

Supported bit rates

MCP404-1: 2.5 Gbit/s, 10 Gbit/s and 40 Gbit/s


MCP404-2: 2.5 Gbit/s and 10 Gbit/s

Minimum input power

-28.5 dBm (per channel)

Maximum input power

-8.5 dBm (per channel)

Maximum Insertion Loss

5.2 dB
(coupler loss between input and output monitor ports)

Table 82

9.3.6

30 mm wide x 326 mm high x 246 mm deep

MCP404-1 and MCP404-2 card specifications

Booster-less line interface card


The following tables list important technical data about the booster-less line interface
card used in the SURPASS hiT 7300 system.
LIFB-1 specifications
Overall dimensions

(1.18 inch wide x 12.84 inch high x 9.69 inch deep)

Number of occupied slots

Weight

0.9 kg

Table 83

138

30 mm wide x 326 mm high x 246 mm deep

LIFB-1 card specifications

A42022-L5972-B051-02-7618
Issue: 2 Issue date: December 2007

Technical Description (TED)

Technical data

LIFB-1 specifications
Type of front panel fiber
connectors

2 x LC/PC

Front panel LEDs

OK (green) and Fault (red)

Laser class

Class 1M

Maximum input power

15 dBm

Maximum output power

15 dBm

OSC signal data rate

12.5 Mbit/s (NRZ)

OSC signal maximum


output power

-6 dBm

Table 83

9.3.7

1 x LC/PC (monitor output)

LIFB-1 card specifications (Cont.)

Filter cards
The following tables list important technical data about the filter cards used in the
SURPASS hiT 7300 system.
F04MDU-1 specifications
Overall dimensions

30 mm wide x 326 mm high x 246 mm deep


(1.18 inch wide x 12.84 inch high x 9.69 inch deep)

Number of Number of occupied


slots

Weight

0.9 kg

Type of front panel fiber


connectors

12 x LC/PC duplex

Operating wavelength range

1529.55 to 1560.60 nm

Maximum input power per port

21 dBm

Table 84

A42022-L5972-B051-02-7618
Issue: 2 Issue date: December 2007

F04MDU-1 card specifications

139

Technical data

Technical Description (TED)

F04MDU-1 specifications
F1-IN-1C-OUT: 1.9 dB
F2-IN-1C-OUT: 2.2 dB
F3-IN-1C-OUT: 1.9 dB
F4-IN-1C-OUT: 1.8 dB
Cx-MX-IN-1C-OUT: 0.6 dB
C01-MX-IN-1C-OUT: 1.1 dB

Insertion loss

C02-MX-IN-1C-OUT: 1.1 dB
2C-IN-DX-OUT: 0.6 dB
2C-IN-F1-OUT: 2.1 dB
2C-IN-F2-OUT: 1.6 dB
2C-IN-F3-OUT: 2.2 dB
2C-IN-F4-OUT: 2.7 dB

Table 84

F04MDU-1 card specifications (Cont.)

F04MDN-1 specifications
Overall dimensions

30 mm wide x 326 mm high x 246 mm deep


(1.18 inch wide x 12.84 inch high x 9.69 inch deep)

Number of occupied slots

Weight

0.9 kg

Type of front panel fiber


connectors

10 x LC/PC

Operating wavelength range

1529.55 to 1560.60 nm

Maximum input power per port

21 dBm
F1-IN-1C-OUT: 1.2 dB
F2-IN-1C-OUT: 1.7 dB
F3-IN-1C-OUT: 1.4 dB

Insertion loss

F4-IN-1C-OUT: 1.1 dB
2C-IN-F1-OUT: 1.4 dB
2C-IN-F2-OUT: 1.1 dB
2C-IN-F3-OUT: 1.7 dB
2C-IN-F4-OUT: 2.0 dB

Table 85

140

F04MDN-1 card specifications

A42022-L5972-B051-02-7618
Issue: 2 Issue date: December 2007

Technical Description (TED)

Technical data

F08SB-1 specifications
30 mm wide x 326 mm high x 246 mm deep

Overall dimensions

(1.18 inch wide x 12.84 inch high x 9.69 inch deep)

Number of occupied slots

Weight

0.9 kg

Type of front panel fiber


connectors

10 x LC/PC

Operating wavelength range

1529.55 to 1560.60 nm

Maximum input power per port

24.5 dBm
C05-IN14-1C-OUT: 1.8 dB
C05-IN23-1C-OUT: 1.6 dB
C06-IN14-1C-OUT: 0.8 dB
C06-IN23-1C-OUT: 0.6 dB
2C-IN-C0514-OUT: 0.8 dB
2C-IN-C0523-OUT: 0.6 dB

Insertion loss

2C-IN-C0614-OUT: 1.8 dB
2C-IN-C0623-OUT: 1.6 dB
R-IN-1C-OUT: 1.2 dB
B-IN-1C-OUT: 1.6 dB
2C-IN-R-OUT: 1.6 dB
2C-IN-B-OUT: 1.2 dB

Table 86

F08SB-1 card specifications

F16SB-1 specifications
Overall dimensions

30 mm wide x 326 mm high x 246 mm deep


(1.18 inch wide x 12.84 inch high x 9.69 inch deep)

Number of occupied slots

Weight

0.9 kg

Type of front panel fiber


connectors

10 x LC/PC

Operating wavelength range


Maximum input power per port
Table 87

A42022-L5972-B051-02-7618
Issue: 2 Issue date: December 2007

blue band: 1529.55 to 1541.35 nm


red band: 1548.51 to 1560.60 nm
24.5 dBm

F16SB-1 card specifications

141

Technical data

Technical Description (TED)

F16SB-1 specifications
A-IN-14-1C-OUT: -1.5 dB
A-IN-23-1C-OUT: -1.5 dB
B-IN-14-1C-OUT: -1.7 dB
B-IN-23-1C-OUT: -1.5 dB
C-IN-14-1C-OUT: -1.3 dB
C-IN-23-1C-OUT: -1.1 dB
D-IN-14-1C-OUT: -0.8 dB
D-IN-23-1C-OUT: -0.6 dB

Insertion loss

2C-IN-A-OUT-14: -1.2 dB
2C-IN-A-OUT-23: -0.6 dB
2C-IN-B-OUT-14: -1.2 dB
2C-IN-B-OUT-23: -1.0 dB
2C-IN-C-OUT-14: -1.6 dB
2C-IN-C-OUT-23: -1.4 dB
2C-IN-D-OUT-14: -2.0 dB
2C-IN-D-OUT-23: -1.8 dB

Table 87

F16SB-1 card specifications (Cont.)

F40-1 specifications
60 mm wide x 326 mm high x 246 mm deep

Overall dimensions

(2.36 inch wide x 12.84 inch high x 9.69 inch deep)

Number of occupied slots

Weight

1.5 kg

Type of front panel fiber


connectors

41 x LC/PC

Front panel LEDs

MUX (green), DEMUX (green) and Fault (red)

Operating wavelength range

1529.55 to 1563.86 nm

Maximum input power per port

24.5 dBm

Insertion loss

COM-F[192.1 ; 196.0]: 4.7 dB

Table 88

F40-1 card specifications

F40MR-1 specifications
Overall dimensions

Table 89

142

90 mm wide x 326 mm high x 246 mm deep


(3.54 inch wide x 12.84 inch high x 9.69 inch deep)

F40MR-1 card specifications

A42022-L5972-B051-02-7618
Issue: 2 Issue date: December 2007

Technical Description (TED)

Technical data

F40MR-1 specifications
Number of occupied slots

Weight

3.6 kg

Type of front panel fiber


connectors

45 x LC/PC

Operating wavelength range

1529.55 to 1563.86 nm

Maximum input power per port

RX-IN: 24.5 dBm


EXP-IN: 21 dBm
2C-IN-OUT1: -4.3 dB
2C-IN-OUT2: -2.7 dB

Insertion loss

EXP-IN-1C-OUT2: -5.9 dB
F[192.1 ; 196.0]-IN-1C-OUT2: -4.4 dB

Table 89

F40MR-1 card specifications (Cont.)

For a more detailed information about the filter ports, please refer to the Interconnect,
Configuration and Mechanical Assembly (ICMA) of SURPASS hiT 7300.

9.3.8

CWDM equipment
The following tables list important technical data about the CWDM patch-cords and filter
pack used in the SURPASS hiT 7300 system.
CWDM equipment specifications
For ANSI and ETSI racks:
CWDM filter pack
dimensions

450 mm wide x 44.5 mm high x 280 mm deep


(17.1 inches wide x 1.8 inches high x 11 inches deep)

CWDM filter modules


dimensions

FC01MDUP-1/n:
220 mm wide x x 20 mm high x 215 mm deep
(8.7 inches wide x 0.8 inches high x 8.5 inches deep)
FC04MDUP-1/E and FC04MDP-1/C:
220 mm wide x x 40 mm high x 215 mm deep
(8.7 inches wide x 1.6 inches high x 8.5 inches deep)

CWDM SFP power budget

26 dB

Fiber loss

0.5 dB/km (for wide-spread CWDM wavelengths over


G.652 fiber)
FC01U-1/n: 0.4 dB

Insertion loss
for express traffic

FC01MDUP-1/n: 0.4 dB
FC04MDUP-1/E: 1.4 dB
FC04MDP-1/C: 1.4 dB

Table 90

A42022-L5972-B051-02-7618
Issue: 2 Issue date: December 2007

CWDM equipment specifications

143

Technical data

Technical Description (TED)

CWDM equipment specifications


FC01U-1/n: 0.6 dB
FC01MDUP-1/n: 0.6 dB

Insertion loss
for add/drop traffic

FC04MDUP-1/E
for 1611nm: 0.6dB
for 1591 nm: 0.9 dB
for 1471 nm: 1.2 dB
for 1491 nm: 1.5 dB
FC04MDP-1/C: 1.4 dB
for 1511 nm: 0.6 dB
for 1531 nm: 0.9 dB
for 1571 nm: 1.2 dB
for 1551 nm: 1.5 dB

Table 90

9.3.9

CWDM equipment specifications (Cont.)

Variable Optical Attenuator cards


The following table lists important technical data about the VOA card used in the
SURPASS hiT 7300 system.
O08VA-1 specifications
Overall dimensions

(1.18 inch wide x 12.84 inch high x 9.69 inch deep)

Number of occupied slots

Weight

1.0 kg

Type of front panel fiber


connectors

16 x LC/PC

Front panel LEDs

OK (green) and Fault (red)

Attenuation range

0 to 22 dB

Operating band

1528 to 1610 nm

Insertion loss

1.3 dB (per channel)

Resolution

0.1 dB per step

Maximum input power

21 dBm

Table 91

9.3.10

30 mm wide x 326 mm high x 246 mm deep

O08VA-1 card specifications

Dispersion Compensation Module cards


The following tables list important technical data about the DCM cards used in the
SURPASS hiT 7300 system.

144

A42022-L5972-B051-02-7618
Issue: 2 Issue date: December 2007

Technical Description (TED)

Technical data

D0340SMF, D0680SMF, D1020SMF, D1360SMF, D1700SMF,


D0340LEF, D0510LEF and D0680LEF specifications
30 mm wide x 326 mm high x 246 mm deep

Overall dimensions

(1.18 inch wide x 12.84 inch high x 9.69 inch deep)

Number of occupied slots

Weight

typ.: 0.5 kg; max.: 1.5 kg

Type of front panel fiber


connectors

2 x LC/PC

Insertion loss

typ.: 2.4 dB ; max.: 4 dB

Table 92

D0340SMF, D0680SMF, D1020SMF, D1360SMF, D1700SMF,


D0340LEF, D0510LEF and D0680LEF cards specifications

D0170DCF, D0340DCF, D0510DCF and D0680DCF specifications


60 mm wide x 326 mm high x 246 mm deep

Overall dimensions

(2.36 inch wide x 12.84 inch high x 9.69 inch deep)

Number of occupied slots

Weight

1.8 kg

Type of front panel fiber


connectors

2 x LC/PC
for 10 km (DK10):
typ.: 1.3 dB; max.: 2.0 dB
for 20 km (DK20):
typ.: 1.5 dB; max.: 2.4 dB

Insertion loss

for 30 km (DK30):
typ.: 2.2 dB; max.: 2.8 dB
for 40 km (DK40):
typ.: 2.8 dB; max.: 3.6 dB

Relative Dispersion Slope


(@1550nm)

-0.0035 nm-1

Maximum return loss

-27 dB

Table 93

D0340DCF, D0510DCF and D0680DCF cards specifications

D1020DCF and D1360DCF specifications


Overall dimensions
Number of occupied slots
Table 94

A42022-L5972-B051-02-7618
Issue: 2 Issue date: December 2007

90 mm wide x 326 mm high x 246 mm deep


(3.54 inch wide x 12.84 inch high x 9.69 inch deep)
3

D1020DCF and D1360DCF cards specifications

145

Technical data

Technical Description (TED)

D1020DCF and D1360DCF specifications


Weight

3.0 kg

Type of front panel fiber


connectors

2 x LC/PC

Insertion loss

for 80 km (DK80):
typ.: 4.7 dB; max.: 5.2 dB

Relative Dispersion Slope


(@1550nm)

-0.0035 nm-1

Maximum return loss

-27 dB

Table 94

9.3.11

for 60 km (DK60):
typ.: 3.7 dB; max.: 4.2 dB

D1020DCF and D1360DCF cards specifications (Cont.)

UDCM cards and tray


The following tables list important technical data about the UDCM cards and tray used
in the SURPASS hiT 7300 system.
UDCMs specifications
Shelf size (UDCM tray)

For ANSI and ETSI racks:


583 mm wide x 88.2 mm high x 300.3 mm deep
(23 inches wide x 3.5 inches high x 11.8 inches deep)

268 mm wide x 40.8 mm or 83.2 mm high x 294 mm deep


UDCM dimensions
(up to 4 into a UDCM tray) (10.5 inches wide x 1.6 inches or 3.3 inches high x 11.6
inches deep)
UDCM cards (depending on type):

Weight

10 km to 80 km: 3.2 kg + n x 0.1 kg


(n for each 10 km = 1 to 8);
90 km to 120 km: 3.7 kg + n x 0.1 kg
(n for each 10 km = 9 to 12);
UDCM tray: 5.0 kg

Table 95

146

UDCM cards and tray specifications

A42022-L5972-B051-02-7618
Issue: 2 Issue date: December 2007

Technical Description (TED)

Technical data

UDCMs specifications
UDCMC5LL
typ.: 1.0 dB ; max.: 1.6 dB
UDCMC10LL
typ.: 1.2 dB ; max.: 1.8 dB
UDCMC15LL
typ.: 1.4 dB ; max.: 1.9 dB
UDCMC20LL
typ.: 1.6 dB ; max.: 2.0 dB
UDCMC25LL
typ.: 1.9 dB ; max.: 2.5 dB
UDCMC30LL
typ.: 2.5 dB ; max.: 2.8 dB
UDCMC60LL
typ.: 4.5 dB ; max.: 5.0 dB
UDCMC80LL
typ.: 5.6 dB ; max.: 6.0 dB
UDCMC100LL
typ.: 6.5 dB ; max.: 7.0 dB

Insertion loss

UDCMC120LL
typ.: 7.6 dB ; max.: 8.0 dB
UDCM340H
typ.: 4.3 dB ; max.: 6.0 dB
UDCM510H
typ.: 5.6 dB ; max.: 7.9 dB
UDCMC48P
typ.: 1.2 dB ; max.: 1.8 dB
UDCMC80P
typ.: 1.5 dB ; max.: 2.2 dB
UDCMC128P
typ.: 2.1 dB ; max.: 2.8 dB
UDCMC177P
typ.: 2.7 dB ; max.: 3.5 dB
UDCMC240P
typ.: 3.4 dB ; max.: 4.3 dB
UDCMC384P
typ.: 5.1 dB ; max.: 6.2 dB
UDCMC480P
typ.: 6.2 dB ; max.: 7.5 dB
UDCMC576P
typ.: 7.4 dB ; max.: 8.8 dB

Table 95

A42022-L5972-B051-02-7618
Issue: 2 Issue date: December 2007

UDCM cards and tray specifications (Cont.)

147

Technical data

Technical Description (TED)

UDCMs specifications
UDCMC5LL
typ.: 0.15 ps ; max.: 0.25 ps
UDCMC10LL
typ.: 0.20 ps ; max.: 0.30 ps
UDCMC15LL
typ.: 0.25 ps ; max.: 0.35 ps
UDCMC20LL
typ.: 0.25 ps ; max.: 0.40 ps
UDCMC25LL
typ.: 0.35 ps ; max.: 0.45 ps
UDCMC30LL
typ.: 0.30 ps ; max.: 0.45 ps
UDCMC60LL
typ.: 0.30 ps ; max.: 0.60 ps
UDCMC80LL
typ.: 0.30 ps ; max.: 0.70 ps
UDCMC100LL
typ.: 0.40 ps ; max.: 0.85 ps

Mean PMD3

UDCMC120LL
typ.: 0.45 ps ; max.: 0.90 ps
UDCM340H
typ.: 0.50 ps ; max.: 0.70 ps
UDCM510H
typ.: 0.70 ps ; max.: 0.90 ps
UDCMC48P
typ.: 0.20 ps ; max.: 0.60 ps
UDCMC80P
typ.: 0.25 ps ; max.: 0.70 ps
UDCMC128P
typ.: 0.30 ps ; max.: 0.80 ps
UDCMC177P
typ.: 0.35 ps ; max.: 0.90 ps
UDCMC240P
typ.: 0.40 ps ; max.: 0.95 ps
UDCMC384P
typ.: 0.50 ps ; max.: 1.10 ps
UDCMC480P
typ.: 0.55 ps ; max.: 1.23 ps
UDCMC576P
typ.: 0.60 ps ; max.: 1.35 ps

Table 95

148

UDCM cards and tray specifications (Cont.)

A42022-L5972-B051-02-7618
Issue: 2 Issue date: December 2007

Technical Description (TED)

Technical data

UDCMs specifications
Maximum return loss
without LC connector
(Rayleigh backscatter)
Table 95

9.3.12

27 dB

UDCM cards and tray specifications (Cont.)

Transponder cards
The following tables list important technical data about the transponder cards used in
the SURPASS hiT 7300 system.
I04T2G5-1 specifications
30 mm wide x 326 mm high x 246 mm deep
Overall dimensions

(1.18 inch wide x 12.84 inch high x 9.69 inch


deep)

Number of occupied slots

Weight (with 6 SFPs)

1.1 kg

Type of front panel fiber


connectors

Client side: 8 x LC/PC

Front panel LEDs

OK (green) and Fault (red)

Interface 0.1 km

1000BASE-T

Interface 0.3 km

200-M5-SN-I

Interface 0.5 km

1000BASE-SX
100-M5-SN-I

Interface 2 km

I-16
SR
P1I1-1D1

Interface 10 km

1000BASE-LX
100-SM-LC-L
200-SM-LC-L

Interface 15 km

S-16.1
IR-1
P1S1-1D1

Interface 40 km

L-16.1
LR-1
P1L1-1D1
C8S1-0D2
C8S1-1D2

Interface 50 km

100-SM-LL-V
200-SM-LL-V

Table 96

A42022-L5972-B051-02-7618
Issue: 2 Issue date: December 2007

Line side: 4 x LC/PC

I04T2G5-1 card specifications

149

Technical data

Technical Description (TED)

I04T2G5-1 specifications

Interface 80 km

1000BASE-ZX
L-16.2
LR-2
P1L1-1D2
C8L1-0D2
C8L1-1D2
DWDM-SFP

Interface 120 km

Enhanced DWDM-SFP
FC/FICON 1G: 1.06 Gbit/s
GbE: 1.25 Gbit/s
FC/FICON 2G: 2.13 Gbit/s

Data bit rates (client)

STM-16/OC-48: 2.49 Gbit/s


OTU1: 2.67 Gbit/s
Data bit rates (line)

2.67 Gbit/s (=255/238*2.48832 Gbit/s)


GbE (see Table 59)

Operating wavelength range


(depends on the type of client
interface)

STM-16/OC-48 (see Table 62)


OTU1 (see Table 64)
FC/FICON (see Table 66)
GbE (see Table 59)

Client out maximum launch power


(depends on the type of client
interface)

STM-16/OC-48 (see Table 62)


OTU1 (see Table 64)
FC/FICON (see Table 66)
GbE (see Table 59)

Attenuation
(depends on the type of client
interface)

STM-16/OC-48 (see Table 62)


OTU1 (see Table 64)
FC/FICON (see Table 66)

Jitter performance

according to ITU-T G.8251

Extinction ratio

> 8.2 dB at rated output power

Table 96

I04T2G5-1 card specifications (Cont.)

I01T10G-1 Regio/LH specifications


30 mm wide x 326 mm high x 246 mm deep
Overall dimensions

(1.18 inch wide x 12.84 inch high x 9.69 inch


deep)

Number of occupied slots

Weight (with 8 SFPs)

1.2 kg

Table 97

150

I01T10G-1 Regio/LH card specifications

A42022-L5972-B051-02-7618
Issue: 2 Issue date: December 2007

Technical Description (TED)

Technical data

I01T10G-1 Regio/LH specifications


Type of front panel fiber
connectors

Client side: 2 x LC/PC

Front panel LEDs

OK (green) and Fault (red)

Interface 0.3 km

10GbE-SR
10GbE-SW

Interface 2 km

10GbE-LR
10GbE-LW
I-64.1
SR-1
P1I1-2D1

Interface 40 km

10GbE-ER
10GbE-EW
S-64.2b
IR-2b
P1S1-2D2b

Interface 80 km

10GbE-ZR
10GbE-ZW
P1L1-2D2

Line side: 2 x LC/PC

10GbE WAN: 9.95 Gbit/s


Data bit rates (client)

STM-64/OC-192: 9.95 Gbit/s


10GbE LAN: 10.31 Gbit/s
OTU2: 10.71 Gbit/s

Data bit rates (line)

11.00 Gbit/s or 11.35 Gbit/s

Operating wavelength range


(depends on the type of client
interface)

10GbE (see Table 61)

Client out maximum launch power


(depends on the type of client
interface)

10GbE (see Table 61)

Attenuation
(depends on the type of client
interface)

10GbE (see Table 61)

Jitter performance

according to ITU-T G.8251

Extinction ratio

LH: >12 dB at rated output power (without filter)


Regio: >8.2 dB at rated output power

Table 97

A42022-L5972-B051-02-7618
Issue: 2 Issue date: December 2007

STM-64/OC-192 (see Table 63)


OTU2 (see Table 65)

STM-64/OC-192 (see Table 63)


OTU2 (see Table 65)

STM-64/OC-192 (see Table 63)


OTU2 (see Table 65)

I01T10G-1 Regio/LH card specifications (Cont.)

151

Technical data

Technical Description (TED)

I08T10G-1 specifications
60 mm wide x 326 mm high x 246 mm deep
Overall dimensions

(2.36 inch wide x 12.84 inch high x 9.69 inch


deep)

Number of occupied slots

Weight (with 6 SFPs)

1.8 kg

Type of front panel fiber


connectors

Client side: 16 x LC/PC

Front panel LEDs

OK (green) and Fault (red)

Interface 0.1 km

1000BASE-T

Interface 0.5 km

1000BASE-SX

Interface 2 km

I-16
SR
P1I1-1D1

Interface 10 km

1000BASE-LX

Interface 15 km

S-16.1
IR-1
P1S1-1D1

Interface 40 km

L-16.1
LR-1
P1L1-1D1
C8S1-0D2
C8S1-1D2

Interface 80 km

1000BASE-ZX
L-16.2
LR-2
P1L1-1D2
C8L1-0D2
C8L1-1D2
DWDM-SFP

Interface 120 km

Enhanced DWDM-SFP

Line side: 2 x LC/PC

GbE: 1.25 Gbit/s


Data bit rates (client)

STM-16/OC-48: 2.49 Gbit/s


OTU1: 2.67 Gbit/s

Data bit rates (line)

11.00 Gbit/s

Operating wavelength range


(depends on the type of client
interface)

GbE (see Table 59)

Table 98

152

STM-16/OC-48 (see Table 62)


OTU1 (see Table 64)

I08T10G-1 card specifications

A42022-L5972-B051-02-7618
Issue: 2 Issue date: December 2007

Technical Description (TED)

Technical data

I08T10G-1 specifications
Client out maximum launch power
(depends on the type of client
interface)

GbE (see Table 59)

Attenuation
(depends on the type of client
interface)

GbE (see Table 59)

Jitter performance

according to ITU-T G.8251

Extinction ratio

LH: > 12 dB at rated output power (without filter)


Regio: > 8.2 dB at rated output power

Table 98

9.3.13

STM-16/OC-48 (see Table 62)


OTU1 (see Table 64)

STM-16/OC-48 (see Table 62)


OTU1 (see Table 64)

I08T10G-1 card specifications (Cont.)

Optical channel protection card


The following table lists important technical data about the OChP card used in the
SURPASS hiT 7300 system.
O03CP-1 specifications
Overall dimensions

(1.18 inch wide x 12.84 inch high x 9.69 inch deep)

Number of occupied slots

Weight

0.9 kg

Type of front panel fiber


connectors

18 x LC/PC

Number of combiners

Number of splitters

Maximum Insertion Loss

3.7 dB (per channel)

Table 99

9.4

30 mm wide x 326 mm high x 246 mm deep

O03CP-1 card specifications

Supervision and control


The following table lists important technical data about the DCN used in the SURPASS
hiT 7300 system.
OSC specifications
Bandwidth

10 Mbit/s

Data bit rate

12.5 Mbit/s

Data format

NRZ

Table 100

A42022-L5972-B051-02-7618
Issue: 2 Issue date: December 2007

OSC specifications

153

Technical data

Technical Description (TED)

OSC specifications
+5 dBm to +8 dBm (only in LALBCH-1)
Transmitter output power range

+1.5 dBm to +5 dBm


(remaining line amplifier cards)

Minimum extinction ratio

>10 dB

Maximum overload

Maximum input power without permanent


destruction of the optical receiver is:
+5 dBm

Table 100

OSC specifications (Cont.)

DCN specifications
Maximum number of NEs
per DCN

118

Supported protocols and


functions

ARP
802.1q: VLAN tagging
STP
LLDP
ICPM
NTP
DHCP
NAPT
DNS
XML/RPC

Embedded services

SNMPv3 for network management


HTTP for NE access via browser
FTP for software download and distribution
XML-RPC for pre-emphasis and file distribution control
User channel: point-to-point Ethernet channel
NTP for time synchronization
DNS for NE name/IP assignment

Table 101

9.5

DCN specifications

Power supply and system consumptions


The following sub-chapters provide information about the SURPASS hiT 7300 power
supply and system consumptions.

9.5.1

Rack and shelf power supply


The following table lists important technical data about the rack and shelf power supply
of the SURPASS hiT 7300 system.
Battery supply voltage
Table 102

154

48/60 V

Rack and shelf power supply specifications

A42022-L5972-B051-02-7618
Issue: 2 Issue date: December 2007

Technical Description (TED)

Technical data

DC supply voltage range (ANSI)

40.5 V to 57.5 V

DC supply voltage range (ETSI)

40.5 V to 75 V

Number of working circuit breakers/fuses per shelf

2 of 20 A (mounted at PDP)

Number of protection circuit breakers/fuses per shelf 2 of 20 A (mounted at PDP)


Table 102

9.5.2

Rack and shelf power supply specifications (Cont.)

Shelves power consumption


The following table lists important technical data about the electrical power consumption
of the SURPASS hiT 7300 shelves.
Maximum power consumption of the shelves
1200 W
(fully equipped)
Table 103

9.5.3

Electrical power consumption of the shelves

Cards and units power consumption


The following table lists important technical data about the electrical power consumption
of the SURPASS hiT 7300 cards and units.

Card/unit

Electrical power consumption (W)


typical

maximum

Fan and Filter unit

80.00

96.00

CCEP-1

25.00

40.00

CCMP-1

25.00

40.00

CCSP-1

16.00

22.00

LALBC-1

22.00

40.00

LALBCH-1

22.00

40.00

LALIC-1

22.00

40.00

LALPC-1

22.00

40.00

LAMIC-1

16.00

28.00

LAMPC-1

16.00

28.00

LASBC-1

16.00

28.00

PRC-1

40.00

114.00

PL-1

15.00

25.00

MCP404-1

7.50

12.00

MCP404-2

7.50

12.00

LIFB-1

5.00

8.00

Table 104

A42022-L5972-B051-02-7618
Issue: 2 Issue date: December 2007

Electrical power consumption of the cards and units

155

Technical data

Technical Description (TED)

Card/unit

typical

maximum

F04MDU-1

0.02

0.04

F04MDN-1

0.02

0.04

F08SB-1

0.02

0.04

F16SB-1

1.65

1.73

F40-1

8.45

13.20

F40MR-1

53.00

68.50

O08VA-1

5.00

6.00

D0340SMF

0.02

0.04

D0680SMF

0.02

0.04

D1020SMF

0.02

0.04

D1360SMF

0.02

0.04

D1700SMF

0.02

0.04

D0340LEF

0.02

0.04

D0510LEF

0.02

0.04

D0680LEF

0.02

0.04

D0170DCF

0.02

0.04

D0340DCF

0.02

0.04

D0510DCF

0.02

0.04

D0680DCF

0.02

0.04

D1020DCF

0.02

0.04

D1360DCF

0.02

0.04

I04T2G5-1

26.00

31.00

I01T10G-1 Regio

30.00

40.00

I01T10G-1 LH

35.00

45.00

I01T10G-1 LHD

40.00

50.00

I08T10G-1 Regio

61.00

76.00

I08T10G-1 LH

65.00

81.00

I08T10G-1 LHD

69.00

86.00

O03CP-1

0.02

0.03

Table 104

9.6

Electrical power consumption (W)

Electrical power consumption of the cards and units (Cont.)

Environmental specifications
The following table lists important technical data about the environmental specifications
of the SURPASS hiT 7300 system.

156

A42022-L5972-B051-02-7618
Issue: 2 Issue date: December 2007

Technical Description (TED)

Operating range according to


ETSI standard 300 019 class 3.1E

-5 to +40 C for steady conditions


-5 to +45 C for exceptional conditions
(temperature of air flowing into the shelves)

Operating range according to


Telcordia GR 63

+5 to +40 C ; short term: -5 to +55 C

Storage range according to


ETSI standard 300 019 class 1.2

-25 to +55 C

Storage range according to


Telcordia GR 63

-40 to +70 C during a maximum of 72 hours

Climate during transport according to


ETSI standard 300 019 class 2.3

-40 to +70 C ; 95% humidity at +45 C

Humidity

5% to 95%

Altitude

-60 m to 4000 m

Earthquake shock/vibration

Zone 4 (ANSI rack only)

Table 105

9.7

Technical data

System environmental specifications

Shelves mechanical data


The following table lists important technical data about the mechanical data of the
SURPASS hiT 7300 shelves.

Parameter

Type of shelf
ANSI

ETSI

Overall height (inches/mm)

20.4

517.5

Overall depth (inches/mm)

11

280

Overall width with flanges (inches/mm)

23

533

Overall width without flanges (inches/mm)

19.7

500

Mounting center distance (inches/mm)

22.3

515

Mounting depth - front (inches/mm)

4.9

125 1)

Mounting depth - rear (inches/mm)

6.1

155 2)

21 inches
(12U)

550 mm
(22 SU)

Weight of an unequipped shelf (lb/kg)

33.1

15

Weight of an equipped shelf (lb/kg)

99.2

45

Rack space consumed per shelf (inches/mm)

1) 40 mm when mounted in a standard ETSI rack.


2) 240 mm when mounted in a standard ETSI rack.
Table 106

A42022-L5972-B051-02-7618
Issue: 2 Issue date: December 2007

Dimensions and weight of the shelves

157

Technical data

Technical Description (TED)

9.8

Racks mechanical data


The following tables list important technical data about the mechanical data of the
SURPASS hiT 7300 racks.
Parameter

Dimensions
7
7 1/2 1)
8 1)

Height (feet)

Usable height (HU)


Width (inches)

44 2) (in a 7 ft rack)
46 (in a 7 1/2 ft rack)
49 (in a 8 ft rack)
26

Usable width between


rack uprights (inches)

21.5

Depth (inches)

12

Weight of an unequipped rack (lb)


(with rear side front covers)

139

Weight of an equipped rack (lb)


(fully equipped)

441

1) In some customer applications, 7 1/2 ft and 8 ft racks are used


2) 1 HU = 1 3/4 inch = 44.45 mm
Table 107

Dimensions and weight of the ANSI rack

Parameter
Height (mm)
Usable height (mm/SU)

2200
2050/82

Width (mm)

600

Usable width between rack uprights (mm)

500

Depth (mm)

300

Usable depth (mm)

280

Weight of an unequipped rack (kg)


(with rear side front covers)

63

Weight of an equipped rack (kg)


(fully equipped)

200

Table 108

9.9

Dimensions

Dimensions and weight of the standard and hiT 7300 ETSI rack

PC requirements for the LCT software


For running the LCT software, the PC to be used should fulfill the minimum requirements
specified in the following table.

158

A42022-L5972-B051-02-7618
Issue: 2 Issue date: December 2007

Technical Description (TED)

Technical data

CPU

Pentium IV 1.8 GHz (or equivalent)

Memory

512 MByte

Hard disk free space

100 MBytes

Monitor

Color monitor 17 recommended

LAN

Ethernet card, 2 x 3COM (3C982-TXM)

Operating system

Windows 2000 Professional SP4 or higher, or


Windows XP Professional SP2

Additional software

J2SE 5.0 (update 11)


make sure it is the default version in your system

Table 109

A42022-L5972-B051-02-7618
Issue: 2 Issue date: December 2007

Minimum PC requirements

159

Abbreviations

Technical Description (TED)

10 Abbreviations
@CT
AIS

Alarm Indication Signal

ANSI

American National Standards Institute

APR

Address Resolution Protocol

APRM

Automatic Power Reduction Mode

APS

Application Program System

APSD

Automatic Power Shut Down

AWG

Arrayed Waveguide Grating

BDI

Backward Defect Indication

BER

Bit Error Rate

BOL

Begin-of-Life

CARP
CE
COPA
CNE
CWDM
DC

Common Address Redundancy Protocol


Communaut Europenne
Connector Panel
Compound Network Element
Coarse Wavelength Division Multiplexing
Direct Current

DCF

Dispersion Compensation Fiber

DCM

Dispersion Compensation Module

DCN

Data Communication Network

DHCP

Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol

DNS

Domain Name Service

DSF

Dispersion Shifted Fiber

DWDM

Dense Wavelength Division Multiplexing

EAM

Electro-Absorption Modulator

EBP

Earth Bonding Point

EDF

Erbium Doped Fiber

EDFA

160

Web-based Craft Terminal

Erbium Doped Fiber Amplifier

EGB

Elektrostatisch gefhrdetes Bauteil

EOL

End-of-Life

A42022-L5972-B051-02-7618
Issue: 2 Issue date: December 2007

Technical Description (TED)

EOW
EMI
EN
EOCI

Engineering Order Wire


Electromagnetic Interference
European Norm
External Open Connection Indication

ESD

Electrostatically Sensitive Device

ETS

European Telecommunications Standard

ETSI

European Telecommunications Standards Institute

FBG

Fiber Bragg Grating

FC
FCC

Fiber Channel
Federal Communications Commission

FDI

Forward Defect Indication

FEC

Forward Error Correction

FPGA

Field Programmable Gate Array

FSS

Fiber Switch Sites

FTP

File Transfer Protocol

FTPS

File Transfer Protocol Secure

GbE

Gigabit Ethernet

GCC

Generic Communication Channel

GMT

Greenwich Mean Time

GUI
HTTP

Graphical User Interface


Hyper Text Transfer Protocol

HU

Height Unit (1 HU = 1,75 in)

HW

Hardware

I2C

Inter-Integrated Circuit

ICMA

Interconnect, Configuration and Mechanical Assembly manual

ICMP

Internet Control Message Protocol

ID
IEC
IP

Abbreviations

Identifier
International Electrotechnical Commission
Internet Protocol

ITMN

Installation and Test Manual

JRE

Java Runtime Environment

LAN

Local Area Network

A42022-L5972-B051-02-7618
Issue: 2 Issue date: December 2007

161

Abbreviations

Technical Description (TED)

LAx

Line Amplifier

LCT

Local Craft Terminal

LEAF
LED
LH
LLDP

Light Emitting Diode


Long Haul
Link Layer Discovery Protocol

LOM

List Of Material

LOS

Loss Of Signal

LSB

Laser Safety Bus

LVD

Low Voltage Disconnect

MAC

Media Access Control

MCF

Message Communication Function

MDF

Medium Dispersion Fiber

MIB

Managed Information Base

MLSE

Maximum Likelihood Sequence Estimator

MPBC

MPB communications

MSA

Multi-Source Agreement

MZM

Mach Zehnder Modulator

NAPT

Network Address Port Translation

NCF

Network Element Configuration File

NCT

Network Craft Terminal

NE
NTP
OADM
OAS

162

Large Effective Area Fiber

Network Element
Network Time Protocol
Optical Add-Drop Multiplexer
Optical Amplifier Site

OChP

Optical Channel Protection

ODU

Optical channel Data Unit

OEM

Original Equipment Manufacturer

OLC

Optical Link Commissioning

OLR

Optical Line Repeater

OMN

Operating Manual

OMS

Optical Multiplex Section

A42022-L5972-B051-02-7618
Issue: 2 Issue date: December 2007

Technical Description (TED)

ONN
ONN-I

Optical Network Node


Optical Network Node - Interconnect

ONN-R

Optical Network Node - Reconfigurable

ONN-S

Optical Network Node - Small

ONN-T

Optical Network Node - Terminal

OPU
OS

Optical channel Payload Unit


Operating System

OSA

Optical Spectrum Analyzer

OSC

Optical Supervisory Channel

OSNR

Optical Signal to Noise Ratio

OSS

Optical Switch Site

OTH

Optical Transport Hierarchy

OTN

Optical Transport Network

OTS

Optical Transport Section

OTU

Optical Transport Unit

PC

Personal Computer

PDP

Power Distribution Panel

PHF

Power High Failure

PLC-WSS
PM

Planar Lightwave Circuit-Wavelength Selective Switch


Performance Management

PMD

Polarization Mode Dispersion

PMP

Performance Monitoring Points

PSCF
QoS
S-FEC
RAM
ROADM
SELV

Pure Silica Core Fiber


Quality of Service
Super Forward Error Correction
Random Access Memory
Reconfigurable OADM
Safety Extra Low Voltage

SFP

Small Form-Factor Pluggable

SLC

Stratalight communications

SNMP
SON

Abbreviations

Simple Network Management Protocol


Standalone Optical Node

A42022-L5972-B051-02-7618
Issue: 2 Issue date: December 2007

163

Abbreviations

Technical Description (TED)

SPM

Self Phase Modulation

SRS

Stimulated Raman Scattering

SSMF
STP
SU

Spanning Tree Protocol


System Unit (1 SU = 25 mm)

TCA

Threshold Crossed Alerts

TCM

Tandem Connection Monitoring

TED

Technical Description

TIF

Telemetry Interface

TIM

Trace Identifier Mismatch

TMN
TNMS Core/CDM
TNMS CT
TP
TSMN
TTI
TW-C
UDCM
UL

Telecommunication Management Network


Telecommunication Network Management System Core/Cross Domain Manager
Telecommunication Network Management System Craft Terminal
Termination Point
Troubleshooting Manual
Trail Trace Identifier
TrueWave-Cable
Unidirectional Dispersion Compensation Module
Underwriters Laboratories

ULH

Ultra Long Haul

UMN

User Manual

USM

User-based Security Model

UTC

Universal Time Coordinated

VACM

View-based Access Control Model

VLAN

Virtual Local Area Network

VOA

Variable Optical Attenuator

WAN

Wide Area Network

WDM

Wavelength Division Multiplexing

WEEE

164

Standard Single Mode Fiber

Waste Electrical and Electronic Equipment

XFP

10 Gbit/s Small Form-Factor Pluggable

XPM

Cross Phase Modulation

A42022-L5972-B051-02-7618
Issue: 2 Issue date: December 2007

Technical Description (TED)

Index
Symbols

@CT 103

EOW 32, 34, 63, 96


Error correction 28
Ethernet
bus 31
interfaces 32, 35, 63
EVOA 74

A
Air filter 85, 87, 88
AIS 39, 41, 43
Alarm 36, 38, 64, 94
acknowledge 39
cut-OFF 97
detection 97
LEDs 94, 96
log 39
severity 38, 39, 96
type 96
APRM 27
APSD 27, 49

F
Faceplate 93, 94, 96
Fan unit 85, 87
FEC 28
Fiber guides 85, 87
Filter 69, 70
Frequencies 21
FTP 33
FTPS 103, 106

B
Booster amplifier 64, 65

Gain control 64
Gateway 16
function 32

Card slots 85, 92, 94


Cards
attenuator 73
booster-less 67
channel power monitor 67
controller 63, 96, 97
DCM 74
external pump 65
filter 68
line amplifier 64, 89
optical channel protection 84
plug-in 17, 93
raman pump 65
transponder 68, 76
UDCM 75
Channels 65, 68
Client interface 77, 80, 82
Commissioning 98, 100, 103, 107
Connectors 89, 92
COPA 85, 87, 88, 89
CWDM
filter pack 23, 72
patch-cord 23, 71

I
Inline amplifier 64
Installation 98, 100

L
Laser
pump 64
safety 27, 49
tunable 80, 82
LCT 39, 103, 104
LEDs 38, 94, 96, 97
Line interface 77, 80, 82
Long Haul 21, 76, 77, 80, 82
Long single span 61
Loopback 46
LSB 27, 89

D
DCM 74
DCN 32, 104, 106
DWDM-SFP interface 77

A42022-L5972-B051-02-7618
Issue: 2 Issue date: December 2007

165

Technical Description (TED)

Management
access 102
communication 63
configuration 63, 102
equipment 63, 103
fault 32, 37, 63, 102
network 32, 33
performance 37, 63, 102
security 63, 102, 105
software 63, 103
system 102, 103
Mechanical design 85
MPBC
RMH07 25, 61

Q interface 97, 106


QF interface 97, 103, 106

N
NCF 50, 98, 101, 103
NCT 103
Network Element 48, 49, 57
Network topologies 19, 21
Nodal degree 50, 57

O
OADM architectures 18
OLR 18, 35, 48, 49
OMS 48, 50, 65
ONN 48, 50
ONN-I 18, 48, 56
ONN-R 18, 48, 56
ONN-S 18, 48, 57
ONN-T 18, 48, 55
Optical
amplifier 65, 74
channel 28, 56, 80, 82
channel protection 28
fiber 48, 68, 74, 76
link 30, 96, 100, 103
path 57
safety 27
signal 48, 76
transmission 27
OSC 30, 34, 49
OSNR 28
OTS 48

P
Passive DWDM 60
Path length 21
PDP 89, 90
Pre-amplifier 27, 64, 65
Pre-emphasis 74

R
Rack 85, 100
mechanical design 90
Raman
amplification 17, 49, 66
Raman pump 65
Regenerator 77
Regional 21, 76, 77, 80, 82

S
S-FEC 17, 28, 76
SFP interface 77, 82
Shelf 87, 88, 89, 100
mechanical design 85
type 85
SNMP 33, 103, 105, 106
SON 18, 48, 58
StrataLight 17, 25
Supervision 31
Supported cards 48

T
TIF 32, 63, 97
actors 36
sensors 36
TNMS Core/CDM 103, 105, 107
TNMS CT 103, 104, 106
Transmission
capacity 16
direction 32, 56
distance 25
line 27, 34
quality 37
system 16, 27
TransNet 98
Transponders loopback 46
Tunable laser 80, 82

U
UDCM tray 75
Ultra Long Haul 16, 21
User channel 32, 33, 35, 96

V
VOA 73

W
Wavelength 17, 21, 25

166

A42022-L5972-B051-02-7618
Issue: 2 Issue date: December 2007

Technical Description (TED)

Wrist strap 89

X
XFP interface 76, 80, 81

A42022-L5972-B051-02-7618
Issue: 2 Issue date: December 2007

167